<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE TS>
<TS version="2.1" language="zh_CN">
<context>
    <name>ISOM 2017-2</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>黑色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for railway</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>铁路符号的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>棕色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>轨道符号的紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>轨道符号紫色下面的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 65%</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>黑色 65%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>黑色 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>上层棕色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>上层棕色 50%下的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>下层棕色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>下层棕色 50%下的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的黄色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over green</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>绿色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100%/Green 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation>黄色 100%/绿色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 25% (Grey)</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation>黑色 25%（灰色）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%/Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 25</comment>
        <translation>绿色 100%/黑色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 28</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for undergrowth</source>
        <comment>Color 29</comment>
        <translation>低矮植被的绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 30</comment>
        <translation>黄色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for open land</source>
        <comment>Color 31</comment>
        <translation>空旷地的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 32</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 33</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充黄色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 34</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>首曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 m. A contour interval of 2.5 m may be used for flat terrains.
Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A closed contour represents a knoll or a depression. A depression has to have at least one slope line. Minimum height/depth should be 1 m.
Relationships between adjacent contour lines are important. Adjacent contour lines show form and structure. Small details on contours should be avoided because they tend to hide the main features of the terrain.
Prominent features such as depressions, re-entrants, spurs, earth banks and terraces may have to be exaggerated.
Absolute height accuracy is of little importance, but the relative height difference between neighbouring features should be represented on the map as accurately as possible. It is permissible to alter the height of a contour slightly if this improves the representation of a feature. This deviation should not exceed 25% of the contour interval, and attention must be paid to neighbouring features.
The smallest bend in a contour line is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 4 m). The mouth of a re-entrant or a spur must be wider than 0.5 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 8 m).
The minimum length of a contour knoll is 0.9 mm (footprint 13.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m) outside measure. Smaller prominent knolls can be represented using symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110) or they can be exaggerated on the map to satisfy the minimum dimension.
A depression must accommodate a slope line, so the minimum length is 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m) outside measure. Smaller, prominent depressions can be represented using symbol Small depression (111) or they can be exaggerated to satisfy the minimum dimension.
Contours should be adapted (not broken) in order not to touch symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高的连接点。等高线之间的标准垂直距离是5米。平坦地形的等高线间距为2.5米。
在等高线的下侧可以画出坡度线，以明确坡度的方向。当使用时，他们应该放在山凹。
闭合的轮廓表示一个小山丘或洼地。凹地必须至少有一条斜线。最低高度/深度应为1米。
相邻的等高线之间的关系很重要。相邻的等高线表示形状和结构。轮廓上的小细节应该避免，因为它们往往掩盖了地形的主要特征。
如洼地、山凹、山凸、土坎和台地等突出的特征可能需要被夸大。
绝对高度精度并不重要，但相邻地物之间的相对高度差应尽可能准确地表示在地图上。允许稍微改变轮廓的高度，如果这样可以改进特征的表示。该偏差不应超过等值线间距的25%，应注意相邻特征。
等高线上的弯道最小为中线至中线0.25毫米(脚印4米)。重入中线或支线的开口，由中线至中线的宽度必须超过0.5毫米(脚印8米)。
轮廓丘的最小长度为0.9毫米(足迹13.5米)，最小宽度为0.6毫米(足迹9米)。小而突出的小山丘可以用符号Small knoll(109)或小而细长的knoll(110)来表示，也可以在地图上夸张以满足最小维度。
洼地必须能容纳一条斜坡线，因此最小长度为1.1毫米(占地16.5米)，最小宽度为0.7毫米(占地10.5米)。更小、突出的凹陷可以用符号Small depression(111)表示，也可以通过夸张来满足最小维度。
为了不接触符号小丘(109)或小伸长丘(110)，轮廓应适应(不破坏)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A depression has to have at least one slope line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线可画在等高线较低一侧，以说明斜坡的方向。使用时，应画在山窝内。
陷地必须绘有至少一条示坡线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface.
An index contour may be represented as an ordinary contour line in an area with much detail. Small contour knolls and depressions are normally not represented using index contours.
The index contour level must be carefully selected in flat terrain. The ideal level for the index contour is the central contour in the most prominent slopes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>每第五条等高线须以较粗的线绘画，俾使读图者快速判读出高度差，及地势的大概形状。
在很细致的区域内，计曲线也可画成一般等高线。表示小丘或陷地的等高线通常不画成计曲线。
在平坦区域内，须小心选择计曲线的高度。计曲线的理想高度是最显著的斜坡的中央。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>等高线注记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An index contour may have a height value assigned. A height value should only be inserted in an index contour in places where other detail is not obscured. It shall be orientated so that the top of the label is on the higher side of the contour. The index value (label) shall be 1.5 mm high and represented in a sans-serif font.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>可以显示计曲线的高度。高度值不应遮挡其他细节。数字的方向应使得数字的顶部位于等高线较高一侧。高度值须为 1.5 mm 高，并以无衬线体表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>间曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form lines are used where more information must be given about the shape of the ground. Form lines are added only where representation would be incomplete with ordinary contours. They shall not be used as intermediate contours. Only one form line should be used between neighbouring contours. It is very important that a form line fits logically into the contour system, so the start and end of a form line should be parallel to the neighbouring contours. The gaps between the form line dashes must be placed on reasonably straight sections of the form line. Form lines can be used to differentiate flat knolls and depressions from more distinct ones (minimum height / depth should be 1 m). Excessive use of form lines must be avoided as this disturbs the three-dimensional picture of the ground shape and will complicate map reading.
Minimum length (non-closed): two dashes.
Minimum length of a form line, knoll or depression: 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>如果必须提供更多有关地面形状的信息，则使用间曲线。只有在首曲线不能完整描述地形的情况下才会添加间曲线。它们不得用在等高线之间的中间位置。相邻首曲线之间只应使用一条间曲线。间曲线逻辑上和等高线体系吻合非常重要，因此间曲线的起点和终点应与相邻等高线平行。间曲线虚线之间的间隙必须放在间曲线的合理直线部分上。间曲线可用于区分扁平和明显的土丘、洼地（最小高度/深度应为1米）。必须避免过度使用间曲线，因为这会干扰地面形状的三维图像，并使地图阅读复杂化。
最小长度（非闭合）：两段虚线。
最小长度，小丘或凹地：1.1mm（实地长度16.5米）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, formline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>间曲线-示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线来表明下坡方向。使用时，应将它们放置在山凹谷处。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>土崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。
最小高度：1米。土崖可能会影响可跑性。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围。
对于长土崖，末端允许使用短于最小长度的齿线。如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可翻越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。
最小长度：0.6mm（实地长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。
最小高度：1米。土崖可能会影响可跑性。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围。
对于长土崖，末端允许使用短于最小长度的齿线。如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可翻越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。
最小长度：0.6mm（实地长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation>土崖-主线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。
最小高度：1米。土崖可能会影响可跑性。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围。
对于长土崖，末端允许使用短于最小长度的齿线。如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可翻越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。
最小长度：0.6mm（实地长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>土崖齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>用此符号表示土崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation>土崖最小尺寸 (来自 ISOM2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation>提供从ISOM2000的迁移，不建议在新地图中使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>清晰的土墙。最小高度：1米。
最小长度：1.4mm（实地长度21米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation>破土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct earth wall. Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.65 mm - footprint 55 m). If shorter, the object must be exaggerated to the minimum length or changed to symbol Earth wall (105).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation>塌毁或不太明显的土墙。 最小高度：0.5米。
最小长度： 两段虚线（3.65mm - 实地长度 5 5 米）。如果更短， 则必须将符号夸大到最小长度或更改为符号 土墙（105） 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>冲沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully which is too small to be shown using symbol Earth bank (104) is shown by a single line. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.15 mm (footprint 17 m).
Contour lines should not be broken around this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>侵蚀沟太小不能用符号土崖（104）显示，则通过冲沟单线表示。最小深度：1米。
最小长度：1.15mm（实地长度17米）。
此符号周围的等高线可以不剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>小冲沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully, dry ditch or trench. Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Minimum length (isolated): three dots (1.15 mm - footprint 17 m).
Contour lines should be broken around this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>小的侵蚀沟，干沟或沟。最小深度：0.5米。
最小长度（ 单独）：3 个点（1.15mm - 占地面积17米)。
此符号周围的等高线可以剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>小土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious mound or knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour.
Minimum height: 1 m.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Footprint: 7.5 m x 7.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>明显的土墩或小丘，无法用等高线按比例绘制。
最小高度：1米。
符号不得和等高线接触或重叠。
符号占地面积：7.5米x7.5米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>狭长小土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour.
Minimum height: 1 m.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Footprint: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>明显细长的小土丘，无法用等高线按比例绘制。
最小高度：1米。
符号不得和等高线接触或重叠。
符号占地面积：12米x6米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation>小凹地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small depression or hollow without steep sides that is too small to be shown by contours.
Minimum depth: 1 m, minimum width: 2 m.
Small depressions with steep sides are represented with symbol Pit (112).
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation>小凹陷或没有陡边小洞，太小无法用等高线表示。
最小深度：1米，最小宽度：2米。
具有陡边的小凹地用符号 土坑（112）表示。
符号不得与其他棕色符号接触或重叠。位置是符号的重心，符号朝向北方。
符号占地面积： 12米 x 6米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>土坑或洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pits and holes with distinct steep sides which cannot be shown to scale using symbol Earth bank (104).
Minimum depth: 1 m, minimum width: 1 m.
A pit larger than 5 m x 5 m should normally be exaggerated and drawn using Earth bank (104). Pits without steep sides are represented with symbol Small depression (111).
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 10.5 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>具有明显陡边的土坑和洞，无法使用符号 土崖（104）进行缩放表示。
最小深度：1米，最小宽度：1米。
大于5米x5米的土坑通常应夸大使用 土崖（104）绘制。没有陡边的土坑用符号 小凹地（111）表示。
符号不得与其他棕色符号接触或重叠。位置是符号的重心，符号朝向北方。
符号占地面积：10.5米 x12米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>坑洼地面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits and / or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail, or other types of rough and uneven ground that is clearly distinguishable but has little impact on runnability.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.5 mm.
Contours should not be cut in broken ground areas.
The dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>凹坑和/或者小土丘的区域，太复杂而不能详细标示，或其他类型的粗糙和不平坦的地面，这些区域明显可辨，但对可跑性影响很小。
点应随机分布，但不得干扰重要地形特征和物体的表示。
最小点数为3个（占地面积10米 x 10米）。
相邻点之间的最大中心距离为0.6mm。
相邻点之间的最小中心距离为0.5mm。
坑洼地区域内的等高线不应剪断。
点不能排列成单点宽线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, individual dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation>单点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits and / or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail, or other types of rough and uneven ground that is clearly distinguishable but has little impact on runnability.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.5 mm.
Contours should not be cut in broken ground areas.
The dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.
Density: 3-4 dots / mm².</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation>凹坑和/或者小土丘的区域，太复杂而不能详细标示，或其他类型的粗糙和不平坦的地面，这些区域明显可辨，但对可跑性影响很小。
点应随机分布，但不得干扰重要地形特征和物体的表示。
最小点数为3个（占地面积10米 x 10米）。
相邻点之间的最大中心距离为0.6mm。
相邻点之间的最小中心距离为0.5mm。
坑洼地区域内的等高线不应剪断。
点不能排列成单点宽线。
密度：3-4点/mm²。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 114</comment>
        <translation>非常坑洼地面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits and/or knolls, which is too intricate to be shown in detail, or other types of rough and uneven ground that is clearly distinguishable and affects runnability.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 7 m x 7 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.38 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.25 mm.
Contours should not be cut in broken ground areas.
The dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 114</comment>
        <translation>凹坑和/或者小土丘的区域，太复杂而不能详细标出，或者其他类型的粗糙和不平坦的地面，可清楚区分并且影响可跑性。
点应随机分布，但不得干扰其他重要地形特征和物体的表示。
最小点数为3个（占地面积7米x7米）。
相邻点之间的最大中心距离为0.38mm。
相邻点之间的最小中心距离为0.25mm。
坑洼地区域内的等高线不应剪断。
点不能排列成单点宽线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent landform feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>突出地貌</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The feature must be very clearly distinguishable from its surroundings.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 11.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>该特征物必须与周围环境非常清晰地区分开来。
特征物位置是符号的重心，朝向北方。
符号不得与其他棕色符号接触或重叠。
必须在地图上给出符号的定义。
符号占地面积：13.5米x11.5米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>陡崖、采石场或者土崖，其高度和陡峭程度使其无法翻越/攀登或具有危险性。
对于垂直的岩石面，如果其空间较窄，齿线可以被省略；顶部的横线末端可以是圆形或者方形，可以在横线的两端用更短一些的齿线。
在地图上，两个不可翻越特征物符号之间最小的间隙不少于0.25mm。
当不可翻越的陡崖垂直立在水的边上时，如果人不能从陡崖下面的水边翻越，水岸线应省略，陡崖的齿线可以延伸到面状符号里面或者是陡崖的短齿线要清楚地延伸到水的堤岸线上来表示这个细节。不能可翻越的陡崖的符号要和等高线互相对应。
最小长度： 0.6mm ( 实际长度最小9米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>陡崖、采石场或者土崖，其高度和陡峭程度使其无法翻越/攀登或具有危险性。
对于垂直的岩石面，如果其空间较窄，齿线可以被省略；顶部的横线末端可以是圆形或者方形，可以在横线的两端用更短一些的齿线。
在地图上，两个不可翻越特征物符号之间最小的间隙不少于0.25mm。
当不可翻越的陡崖垂直立在水的边上时，如果人不能从陡崖下面的水边翻越，水岸线应省略，陡崖的齿线可以延伸到面状符号里面或者是陡崖的短齿线要清楚地延伸到水的堤岸线上来表示这个细节。不能可翻越的陡崖的符号要和等高线互相对应。
最小长度： 0.6mm ( 实际长度最小9米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, plan shape representation (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖-平面形状表示（来自 ISOM2000）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>用于从ISOM2000迁移，新地图不鼓励使用此符号变体。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-主线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>陡崖、采石场或者土崖，其高度和陡峭程度使其无法翻越/攀登或具有危险性。
对于垂直的岩石面，如果其空间较窄，齿线可以被省略；顶部的横线末端可以是圆形或者方形，可以在横线的两端用更短一些的齿线。
在地图上，两个不可翻越特征物符号之间最小的间隙不少于0.25mm。
当不可翻越的陡崖垂直立在水的边上时，如果人不能从陡崖下面的水边翻越，水岸线应省略，陡崖的齿线可以延伸到面状符号里面或者是陡崖的短齿线要清楚地延伸到水的堤岸线上来表示这个细节。不能可翻越的陡崖的符号要和等高线互相对应。
最小长度： 0.6mm ( 实际长度最小9米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>使用此符号可以显示宽悬崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖-最小尺寸 (来自 ISOM2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation>用于从ISOM2000迁移，新地图不鼓励使用此符号变体。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>可以翻越的陡崖、采石场。如果从等高线上不能明显反映出陡崖的低的方向，或者是为了提高地图的易读性，陡崖的短齿线可以指向下坡的方向来表达。
对于那种非垂直的可翻越陡崖，齿线可以画到整个坡面延伸水平范围。两个陡崖之间最小的间隙不少于0.2mm。陡崖要和等高线互相对应。
通常情况下，翻越这种陡崖地形时会降低行进的速度。
最小高度： 1米。
最小长度：0.6mm（实际长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation>可通的过陡崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation>可以翻越的陡崖、采石场。如果从等高线上不能明显反映出陡崖的低的方向，或者是为了提高地图的易读性，陡崖的短齿线可以指向下坡的方向来表达。
对于那种非垂直的可翻越陡崖，齿线可以画到整个坡面延伸水平范围。两个陡崖之间最小的间隙不少于0.2mm。陡崖要和等高线互相对应。
通常情况下，翻越这种陡崖地形时会降低行进的速度。
最小高度： 1米。
最小长度：0.6mm（实际长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation>可以翻越的陡崖、采石场。如果从等高线上不能明显反映出陡崖的低的方向，或者是为了提高地图的易读性，陡崖的短齿线可以指向下坡的方向来表达。
对于那种非垂直的可翻越陡崖，齿线可以画到整个坡面延伸水平范围。两个陡崖之间最小的间隙不少于0.2mm。陡崖要和等高线互相对应。
通常情况下，翻越这种陡崖地形时会降低行进的速度。
最小高度： 1米。
最小长度：0.6mm（实际长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation>可翻越陡崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation>可以翻越的陡崖、采石场。如果从等高线上不能明显反映出陡崖的低的方向，或者是为了提高地图的易读性，陡崖的短齿线可以指向下坡的方向来表达。
对于那种非垂直的可翻越陡崖，齿线可以画到整个坡面延伸水平范围。两个陡崖之间最小的间隙不少于0.2mm。陡崖要和等高线互相对应。
通常情况下，翻越这种陡崖地形时会降低行进的速度。
最小高度： 1米。
最小长度：0.6mm（实际长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation>可翻越陡崖最小尺寸(来自 ISOM2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation>用于从ISOM2000迁移，新地图不鼓励使用此符号变体。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave (without a distinct entrance)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>岩石坑（无明显入口）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes, caves or mineshafts without a distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol shall be orientated to north.
Rocky pits larger than 5 m in diameter should be exaggerated and represented using cliff symbols (201, 202).
Minimum depth: 1 m.
Footprint: 10.5 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>可能对竞赛者构成危险的岩石坑、洞、洞穴或矿井。
该符号的重心处表示出该地物的位置，符号朝北。
岩石坑直径大于五米的可以夸大一些用符号陡崖（201、202） 来表示。
最小深度：1米。
符号占地尺寸：10.5米 x 12米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave or rocky pit (with a distinct entrance)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>山洞（入口明显）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes, caves or mineshafts with a distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol should point into the cave.
Rocky pits larger than 5 m in diameter should be exaggerated and represented using cliff symbols (201, 202).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>可能对竞赛者构成危险的岩石坑、洞、洞穴或矿井。最小深度：1米。
该符号的重心处表示出该地物的位置，符号指向洞穴。
岩石坑直径大于五米的可以夸大一些用符号陡崖（201、202） 来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave with distinct entrance (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation>入口明显的岩石坑或洞穴（来自 ISOM2000）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation>用于从ISOM2000迁移，新地图不鼓励使用此符号变体。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>石块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct boulder (should be higher than 1 m), which is immediately identifiable on the ground. Groups of boulders are represented using symbol Boulder cluster (207) or a boulder field symbol (208, 209).
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to enlarge the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 6 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>非常明显的大石头（应高于1米），在地面上可以很容易看到。当有很多的大石头的时候，使用符号 石群（207）或石块地（208、209）来表示。
为了能够显示相邻（距离小于30米）的大石头在尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许将某些大石头的符号放大到0.5mm。
符号占地尺寸：直径6米（直径7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder or large boulder, different size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation>不同尺寸的石块或大石块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boulder which is larger than neighboring boulders (204), or a large boulder which is smaller than neighboring large boulders (205).

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) boulders (204) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an enlargement of symbol 204 for some of the boulders.

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) large boulders (205) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an as a reduction of symbol 205 for some of the boulders.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation>大于相邻大石（204）的石头，或者小于相邻巨石（205）的巨石。

为了能够显示相邻的（距离少于30米）大石（204）在尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许使用此符号（0.5 mm）作为对某些符号204的放大石头。

为了能够显示相邻的（距离少于30米）巨石（205）在尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许使用此符号（0.5 mm）作为对某些符号205的缩小巨石。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>超大巨石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. A large boulder should be more than 2 m high.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) large boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to reduce the size of the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 9 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>特别大而明显的大石头，应该超过2米高。
为了能够显示相邻（ 相距不超过30米）大型巨石尺寸上明显的区别，允许将某些巨石的符号缩小到0.5mm。
符号占地尺寸： 直径 9 米（ 直径7.5米） 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>大巨石或岩石柱</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gigantic boulder, rock pillar or massive cliff shall be represented in plan shape. The objects can vary in shape and width.
The gap between gigantic boulders or between gigantic boulders and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.15 mm on the map.
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.75 m).
Minimum area: 0.3 mm² (footprint 67 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>超大的石头 、柱状岩石或巨大的悬崖应该用其平面外形表 示 ，以反映物体的形状和宽度的差异。
在地图上，大巨石之间或大巨石与其他无法通行的特征物符号之间的距离必须超过0.15mm。
最小宽度：0.25mm（ 实际宽度3.75米 ） 。
最小面积：0.3mm² （ 实际面积67米² ） 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The boulders in the cluster should be higher than 1 m.
A boulder cluster must be easily identifiable as a group of boulders.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol to 120% (edge length 0.96 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 10 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>很多的大石头紧密聚集在一起，无法单独标记，这时候用石群符号表示。石群中的大石头应高于1米。
石群必须易于识别为一组巨石。
为了能够显示相邻（ 最大相距 30米）石群尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许将某些石群符号放大120％（ 边长0.96mm） 。
符号指向北方。
实际尺寸：12米 x 10米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation>大的石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to use this symbol instead of regular Boulder cluster (207) for some of the boulder clusters.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示相邻（ 最大相距 30米）石群尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许对一些石群使用此符号而不是常规石群（207）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>一个区域有很多分散分布的大石头，无法对这些大石头单独标记，这种地形用随机放置边长比为8:6:5的实心三角形（内角92.9, 48.5,38.6）符号来表示。通常石块地这种地形的可跑性不会受影响，如果可跑性明显降低就应使用符号209（密集石块地）来表示，或者将石块地符号与碎石地符号组合在一起来使用。
最小的石块地符号至少要包括两个三角形。如果它与其他岩石符号组合使用，（例如直接在陡崖符号（201,202）下方，与巨石符号（204-206）相邻或与碎石地符号（210-212）组合），则可以使用一个三角形。
相邻三角形中心之间的最大距离为1.2mm，最小距离为0.75mm。
密度：0.8-1个/mm²。在一个巨石场内为了能够表示不同巨石间 的明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形放大到120％。
单个三角形符号占地尺寸：12米 x 6米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>单点符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>一个区域有很多分散分布的大石头，无法对这些大石头单独标记，这种地形用随机放置边长比为8:6:5的实心三角形（内角92.9, 48.5,38.6）符号来表示。通常石块地这种地形的可跑性不会受影响，如果可跑性明显降低就应使用符号209（密集石块地）来表示，或者将石块地符号与碎石地符号组合在一起来使用。
最小的石块地符号至少要包括两个三角形。如果它与其他岩石符号组合使用，（例如直接在陡崖符号（201,202）下方，与巨石符号（204-206）相邻或与碎石地符号（210-212）组合），则可以使用一个三角形。
相邻三角形中心之间的最大距离为1.2mm，最小距离为0.75mm。
密度：0.8-1个/mm²。在一个巨石场内为了能够表示不同巨石间 的明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形放大到120％。
单个三角形符号占地尺寸：12米 x 6米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>大的单点符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>在一个巨石场内为了能够表示不同巨石间 的明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形放大到120％。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dense boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>密集石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually and the runnability is affected, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A minimum of two triangles must be used.
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.6 mm.
Density: 2-3 symbols / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>一个区域有很多大石头，无法单独标记，且可跑性受到很大影响，这种地形用随机放置边长比为8:6:5的实心三角形（内角92.9, 48.5,38.6）的符号来表示。必须至少使用两个三角形。
相邻三角形中心之间的最大距离为0.6mm。
密度：2-3个/mm²。在一个密集石块地内为了能够表示不同巨石间的明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形放大到120％。
单个三角形符号占地尺寸：12米 x 6米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>碎石地（慢跑）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability to about 60-80% of normal speed.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.45 mm.
Density: 3-4 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>布满了碎石的路面或岩石地面，可跑性降低到正常速度的60-80％。
点应随机分布，但不得干扰其他地形特征物的表示。插图是密度的一个例子，点符号（单点）也可以用来绘制碎石地面。
最小点数为3个（实际尺寸10米x10米）。
相邻点之间的最大距离为0.6mm。
相邻点之间的最小距离为0.45mm。
黑点的密度：3-4个/mm²。
为了避免与符号明显植被分界线（416）混淆，这些点不应该安排形成一条线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, individual dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>碎石地-单点符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability to about 60-80% of normal speed.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.45 mm.
Density: 3-4 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>布满了碎石的路面或岩石地面，可跑性降低到正常速度的60-80％。
点应随机分布，但不得干扰其他地形特征物的表示。插图是密度的一个例子，点符号（单点）也可以用来绘制碎石地面。
最小点数为3个（实际尺寸10米x10米）。
相邻点之间的最大距离为0.6mm。
相邻点之间的最小距离为0.45mm。
黑点的密度：3-4个/mm²。
为了避免与符号明显植被分界线（416）混淆，这些点不应该安排形成一条线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>碎石地（步行）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces the runnability significantly (to about 20-60% of normal speed).
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.4 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.32 mm.
Density: 6-8 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>布满了碎石的路面或岩石地面，可跑性降低到正常速度的20-60％。
点应随机分布，但不得干扰其它地形特征物的表示。插图是密度的一个例子，点符号（单点）也可以用来绘制碎石地面。
最小点数为3个（实际尺寸8米x8米）。
相邻点之间的最大距离为0.4mm。
相邻点之间的最小距离为0.32mm。
黑点的密度：6-8个/mm²。
为了避免与符号明显植被分界线（416）混淆，这些点不应该安排形成一条线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, fight</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>碎石地（难通行）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which is hardly passable (less than 20% of normal speed).
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 7 m x 7 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.32 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.25 mm.
Density: 10-12 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>布满了碎石的路面或岩石地面，可跑性低于正常速度的20％。
点应随机分布，但不得干扰其它地形特征物的表示。插图是密度的一个例子，点符号（单点）也可以用来绘制碎石地面。
最小点数为3个（实际尺寸7米 x 7米）。
相邻点之间的最大距离为0.32mm。
相邻点之间的最小距离为0.25mm。
黑点的密度：10-12点/mm²。
为了避免与符号明显植被分界线（416）混淆，这些点不应该安排形成一条线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation>沙地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of soft sandy ground where runnability is reduced to less than 80% of normal speed.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation>柔软沙地，其可跑性低于正常速度的80％。
符号向北。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm（实际面积15米 x15米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation>裸岩地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock without earth or vegetation should be shown as bare rock.
An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation, shall not be shown using the bare rock symbol.
An area of less runnable bare rock should be shown using a stony ground symbol (210-212).
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation>没有泥土或植被的可跑的岩石区域应显示为裸岩地。
覆盖着草， 苔藓或其他低矮植被的岩石区域不得使用裸岩地符号显示。
可跑性低的裸岩地可以使用符号 碎石地（210 - 212）来表示。
最小面积： 1mm x 1mm （占地面积15米 x 15米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Trench</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 215</comment>
        <translation>沟渠</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky or artificial trench. Minimum depth should be 1 m.
Minimum length: 1 mm (footprint 15 m).
Shorter trenches may be exaggerated to the minimum graphical dimension.
Impassable trenches shall be represented using symbol Impassable cliff (201).
Collapsed and easily crossable trenches should be mapped as erosion gullies.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 215</comment>
        <translation>岩石或人工的沟渠，最小深度应为1米。
最小长度：1mm（实际长度15米）。
较短的沟渠可能被放大到最小图形尺寸。
不可通过的沟渠应使用符号不可通行的陡崖（201）来表示。
坍塌和容易通过的沟渠可以用 冲沟 (107)来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (full colour), with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation>不可通行水域（有边界）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The black bank line emphasises that the feature is uncrossable.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation>黑色的水岸线强调了这个符号特征是不可通行的。
大面积的水域可以用70%的蓝色表示。小面积的水域和较为狭窄的水体部分，应以100%的蓝色表示。
最小宽度(内):0.3mm。
最小面积(内部):0.55mm×0.55mm(实地面积8米×8米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (full colour)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>不可通行水域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>大面积的水域可以用70%的蓝色表示。小面积的水域和较为狭窄的水体部分，应以100%的蓝色表示。
最小宽度(内):0.3mm。
最小面积(内部):0.55mm×0.55mm(实地面积8米×8米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (dominant), with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>不可同行水域（有边界）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The black bank line emphasises that the feature is uncrossable.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>黑色的水岸线强调了这个符号特征是不可通行的。
大面积的水域可以用70%的蓝色表示。小面积的水域和较为狭窄的水体部分，应以100%的蓝色表示。
最小宽度(内):0.3mm。
最小面积(内部):0.55mm×0.55mm(实地面积8米×8米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (dominant)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation>不可同行水域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation>大面积的水域可以用70%的蓝色表示。小面积的水域和较为狭窄的水体部分，应以100%的蓝色表示。
最小宽度(内):0.3mm。
最小面积(内部):0.55mm×0.55mm(实地面积8米×8米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation>不可同行水域-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation>黑色的水岸线强调了这个符号特征是不可通行的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, with solid outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation>浅水区域（有边界）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shallow seasonal or periodic body of water may be represented using a dashed outline. Small shallow water bodies may be represented as 100% blue (without an outline).
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width (full colour): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (full colour): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation>较浅的季节性或周期性水域的边线可以用蓝色虚线表示。较小的浅水区域可以用100 % 蓝色表示(没有边线)。
最小宽度 ( 内 ) : 0.3mm 。
最小面积 ( 内部 ) : 0.7mm × 0.7mm (实地面积10.5米 × 10.5 米 ) 。
最小宽度 (100 % 蓝 色 ) : 0.3mm 。
最小面积 (100 % 蓝 色 ) : 0.55mm x 0.55mm ( 实地面积8米×8米 ) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation>浅水区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shallow seasonal or periodic body of water may be represented using a dashed outline. Small shallow water bodies may be represented as 100% blue (without an outline).
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width (full colour): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (full colour): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation>较浅的季节性或周期性水域的边线可以用蓝色虚线表示。较小的浅水区域可以用100 % 蓝色表示(没有边线)。
最小宽度 ( 内 ) : 0.3mm 。
最小面积 ( 内部 ) : 0.7mm × 0.7mm (实地面积10.5米 × 10.5 米 ) 。
最小宽度 (100 % 蓝 色 ) : 0.3mm 。
最小面积 (100 % 蓝 色 ) : 0.55mm x 0.55mm ( 实地面积8米×8米 ) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, solid outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation>浅水区域-实线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to represent the outline of a shallow body of water which is not seasonal or periodic.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation>使用此符号表示浅水区域的轮廓，该水域不是季节性的或周期性的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, dashed outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.3</comment>
        <translation>浅水区域-虚线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to represent the outline of a shallow seasonal or periodic body of water.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.3</comment>
        <translation>使用此符号表示较浅季节性或周期性水域的边线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small shallow body of water (full colour)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.5</comment>
        <translation>小的浅水区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small shallow water bodies may be represented using this symbol (without an outline).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.5</comment>
        <translation>较小的浅水区域可以用100 % 蓝色表示(没有边线)。
最小宽度 ( 内 ) : 0.3mm 。
最小面积 (100 % 蓝 色 ) : 0.55mm x 0.55mm ( 实地面积8米×8米 ) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>水坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 10.5 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>充满水的坑或小于最小面积的水域，位置是符号的重心， 符号应指向北方。
符号占地地面积： 10.5米 x 12米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation>可涉水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be at least 2 m wide.
Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation>应该至少宽2米。
最小长度(单独):1mm(实地长度15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>可涉小水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>最小长度(单独):1mm(实地长度15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor/seasonal water channel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>季节性水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (2.75 mm - footprint 41 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>天然或人造的小水道，仅间歇性有水。
最小长度(单独) : 两段虚线 ( 长 2.75mm ，实地长度41米 ) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>不可通行的沼泽(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or dangerous for the competitor. The black outline emphasises that the feature is uncrossable. The black outline is omitted for boundaries between uncrossable marsh and symbol Uncrossable body of water (301). The symbol may be combined with a rough open land symbol (403, 404) to show openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (inside). Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (inside).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>对参赛者而言是有危险或不能通过的沼泽。 黑色的边线强调了其不可通行的特性。当此符号与不可通行水域（301）同时使用时，两者之间的黑色边线可省略掉。此符号可与凌乱空旷地符号(403，404) 结合使用，表示此沼泽的开阔性。
符号朝北。
最小宽度: 0.3 mm( 内) 。最小面积: 0.5 mm² ( 内) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation>不可通行的沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or dangerous for the competitor. The black outline emphasises that the feature is uncrossable. The black outline is omitted for boundaries between uncrossable marsh and symbol Uncrossable body of water (301). The symbol may be combined with a rough open land symbol (403, 404) to show openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (inside). Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (inside).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation>对参赛者而言是有危险或不能通过的沼泽。 黑色的边线强调了其不可通行的特性。当此符号与不可通行水域（301）同时使用时，两者之间的黑色边线可省略掉。此符号可与凌乱空旷地符号(403，404) 结合使用，表示此沼泽的开阔性。
符号朝北。
最小宽度: 0.3 mm( 内) 。最小面积: 0.5 mm² ( 内) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation>不可通行的沼泽-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The black outline emphasises that the feature is uncrossable.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation>黑色的边线强调了其不可通行的特性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.4 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>可穿越的沼泽， 通常有明显的边缘。
符号应与其他符号相结合， 以显示可通行跑性和开阔性。
符号朝北。
最小面积: 0.5mm × 0.4mm( 实地面积7.5米× 6米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.4 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation>可穿越的沼泽， 通常有明显的边缘。
符号应与其他符号相结合， 以显示可通行跑性和开阔性。
符号朝北。
最小面积: 0.5mm × 0.4mm( 实地面积7.5米× 6米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>小水沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow (less than about 5 m wide) to be shown with the marsh symbol.
Minimum length (isolated): two dots (0.7 mm - footprint 10.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>因为过于狭窄(不到5米宽)，不能用沼泽符号表示的沼泽或小溪流。
最小长度(单独):两个点(0.7mm- 实地长度10.5米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct marsh, seasonal marsh or an area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 2.0 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 30 m x 10.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>不明显的沼泽，是季节性的沼泽或从沼泽逐渐过渡到硬地的区域，是可通行的。其边缘一般不清晰，植被与周围地面近似。
该符号应与其他符号相结合使用，以显示可跑性和开阔性。
符号朝北。
最小面积：2.0mm×0.7mm (实地面积30米×10.5米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct marsh, seasonal marsh or an area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 2.0 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 30 m x 10.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>不明显的沼泽，是季节性的沼泽或从沼泽逐渐过渡到硬地的区域，是可通行的。其边缘一般不清晰，植被与周围地面近似。
该符号应与其他符号相结合使用，以显示可跑性和开阔性。
符号朝北。
最小面积：2.0mm×0.7mm (实地面积30米×10.5米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well, fountain or water tank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>井、喷泉或水槽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent well, fountain, water tank or captive spring.
Footprint: 12 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>突出的井、 喷泉、 水槽或围起来的泉眼。
符号占地面积: 12米×12米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>泉</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A source of water.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to open downstream.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 7 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>水涌出的地方。
位置是符号的重心。
符号朝水流方向。
符号占地面积：13.5米×7米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>特殊水体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>符号朝北。
这个符号的含义必须在地图上注明。
符号占地面积：13.5米×13.5米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land that has a ground cover (grass, moss or similar) which offers better runnability than typical open forest. If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than Broken ground (113), Boulder field (208), Marsh (308) and Indistinct marsh (310).
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>具有地面覆盖物(草、苔藓或类似物)的开阔土地，比典型的可跑树林具有更好的可跑性。如果地图上黄色区域面积较多时，可以使用75%黄色。
不得与 坑洼地(113)、石块地(208)、可通行沼泽(308)和 不明显的沼泽(310)以外的面状符号组合。
最小面积:0.55mm x 0.55mm (实地面积8米 x 8米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>稀树空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Prominent individual trees may be added using symbol Prominent large tree (417). If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than symbol Broken ground (113), symbol Boulder field (208) or marsh symbols (308, 310).
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>在空旷地上散布零星树木或灌木的区域可以使用黄色网屏上有规则的大圆点来概括。这些点可以是白色的(分散的树)或绿色的(分散的灌木/灌木丛)。可以使用符号突出的大树(417)添加突出个体树。如果地图上黄色区域面积较大时，可以使用 75%黄色。
不得与坑洼地(113)、石块地(208)或者沼泽符号 (308、310) 以外的面状符号组合。
最小宽度:1.5mm(实地宽度22.5米)。
最小面积:2mm x 2mm(占地面积30米 x 30米)。
较小的区域必须被删除，或夸大使用符号 空旷地(401)表示。
这个符号是朝北的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered bushes (green dots)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation>稀树空旷地(灌木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Prominent individual trees may be added using symbol Prominent large tree (417). If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than symbol Broken ground (113), symbol Boulder field (208) or marsh symbols (308, 310).
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation>在空旷地上散布零星树木或灌木的区域可以使用黄色网屏上有规则的大圆点来概括。这些点可以是白色的(分散的树)或绿色的(分散的灌木/灌木丛)。可以使用符号突出的大树(417)添加突出个体树。如果地图上黄色区域面积较大时，可以使用 75%黄色。
不得与坑洼地(113)、石块地(208)或者沼泽符号 (308、310) 以外的面状符号组合。
最小宽度:1.5mm(实地宽度22.5米)。
最小面积:2mm x 2mm(占地面积30米 x 30米)。
较小的区域必须被删除，或夸大使用符号 空旷地(401)表示。
这个符号是朝北的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>凌乱空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass offering the same runnability as typical open forest.
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>荒野、高沼地、砍伐区、新种植区(低于约1米的树木)或其他具有粗糙地面植被、石楠或高草的空旷地带，与典型的可跑树林具有相同的可跑性。
可与慢跑底层植被（407）或慢行底层植被（409）组合使用。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm(实地面积15米 x 15米)。
较小的区域必须被删除，或夸大使用符号 空旷地(401）标示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>稀树凌乱空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in rough open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm (footprint 37.5 m x 37.5 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Rough open land (403).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>在凌乱的空旷地上分散布零星树木或灌木的区域可以使用黄色网屏上规则的大圆点来概括。
这些点可以是白色的(分散的树)或绿色的(分散的灌木/灌木丛)。只有白点型态可以与符号植被相结合：慢跑底层植被(407)或 慢行底层植被(409)，以显示可跑性降低。
符号朝北。
最小宽度：1.5mm (实地面积22.5米)。
最小面积：2.5mmx2.5mm (实地面积37.5米 x 37.5米)。
较小的区域必须删除，或夸大使用符号凌乱空旷地（403)表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered bushes (green dots)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation>稀树凌乱空旷地(灌木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in rough open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm (footprint 37.5 m x 37.5 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Rough open land (403).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation>在凌乱的空旷地上分散布零星树木或灌木的区域可以使用黄色网屏上规则的大圆点来概括。
这些点可以是白色的(分散的树)或绿色的(分散的灌木/灌木丛)。只有白点型态可以与符号植被相结合：慢跑底层植被(407)或 慢行底层植被(409)，以显示可跑性降低。
符号朝北。
最小宽度：1.5mm (实地面积22.5米)。
最小面积：2.5mmx2.5mm (实地面积37.5米 x 37.5米)。
较小的区域必须删除，或夸大使用符号凌乱空旷地（403)表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>好跑树林</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typical open forest for the particular type of terrain. If no part of the forest is easily runnable then no white should appear on the map.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m) for openings in screens of other colours, except for the following:
For openings in symbol Open land (401), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: walk (408), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: fight (410) the minimum area is 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>特殊地形的典型开阔森林。如果没有可跑的树林，那么地图上就不应该出现白色。
最小面积：除了下面的符号外，在其他颜色网屏开孔最小面积是1mm x1mm（实地面积15米X 15米）：
空旷地（401）开孔最小面积是0.7mm x 0.7mm（实地面积10.5米 x10.5米）。
符号慢行植被（408）开孔最小面积是0.7mm x 0.7mm（实地面积10.5米 x10.5米）。
符号难行植被（410）的开孔最小面积为0.55mm x 0.55mm(实地面积8 米x8米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>慢跑植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>植被茂密（低能见度）的区域，奔跑速度减少到正常速度的60-80％ 。
在一个方向上可跑性更好的情况下，网屏上留下规则的白色条纹图案，以显示更好的奔跑方向。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm（实地面积15米 x 15米）。
最小宽度：0.4mm（实地面积6米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation>单向慢跑植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation>植被茂密（低能见度）的区域，奔跑速度减少到正常速度的60-80％ 。
在一个方向上可跑性更好的情况下，网屏上留下规则的白色条纹图案，以显示更好的奔跑方向。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm（实地面积15米 x 15米）。
最小宽度：0.4mm（实地面积6米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>慢跑底层植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of good visibility and reduced runnability, due to, for instance, undergrowth (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches). Running speed is reduced to about 60-80% of normal speed.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 1.5 mm x 1 mm (footprint 22.5 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>一个能见度好、可跑性差的区域，例如，由于灌木（荆棘、石楠、矮灌木、修剪的树枝）的缘故。奔跑速度降低到正常速度的60-80%。
符号朝向北方。
最小面积：1.5mm x 1mm（实地面积22.5米 x 15米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>慢行植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thickets (low visibility) which reduce running to about 20-60% of normal speed. Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white or green 20% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>树木茂密或灌木丛（低能见度）的区域，奔跑速度减少到正常速度的20-60％。在一个方向上运行性能更好的情况下，网屏上留下规则的白色/绿色20％条纹图案，以显示更好的奔跑方向。
最小面积：0.7mm x 0.7mm（实地面积10.5米 x 10.5米）。
最小宽度：0.3mm（实地长度4.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation>单向慢行植被(白条纹)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thickets (low visibility) which reduce running to about 20-60% of normal speed. Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white or green 20% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation>树木茂密或灌木丛（低能见度）的区域，奔跑速度减少到正常速度的20-60％。在一个方向上运行性能更好的情况下，网屏上留下规则的白色/绿色20％条纹图案，以显示更好的奔跑方向。
最小面积：0.7mm x 0.7mm（实地面积10.5米 x 10.5米）。
最小宽度：0.3mm（实地长度4.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, slow running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation>单向慢行植被(绿20％条纹)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thickets (low visibility) which reduce running to about 20-60% of normal speed. Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white or green 20% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation>树木茂密或灌木丛（低能见度）的区域，奔跑速度减少到正常速度的20-60％。在一个方向上运行性能更好的情况下，网屏上留下规则的白色/绿色20％条纹图案，以显示更好的奔跑方向。
最小面积：0.7mm x 0.7mm（实地面积10.5米 x 10.5米）。
最小宽度：0.3mm（实地长度4.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>慢行底层植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of good visibility that is difficult to run through, due to, for instance, undergrowth (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches). Running speed is reduced to about 20-60% of normal speed.
Areas of good visibility that are very difficult to run or impassable are represented using symbol Vegetation: fight (410).
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>由于例如灌木丛（荆棘，石楠，低灌木，断树枝）而难以通过但能见度良好的区域。奔跑速度降低到正常速度的约20-60％。
很难奔跑或无法通过的能见度良好的区域用符号难行植被（410） 表示。
符号朝向北方。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm（实地面积15 米 x 15 米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>难行植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>茂密的植被（树木或灌木丛），几乎无法通行。跑步速度减少到不到正常速度的20％左右。
如果在一个方向上可跑性更好，则网屏上留下规则的白色/绿色30％/绿色60％条纹图案，以显示更好的可跑方向。
最小面积：0.55 mm x 0.55 mm（实地面积8 米 x 8米）。
最小宽度：0.25mm（实地宽度3.8米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>单向难行植被(白条纹)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>茂密的植被（树木或灌木丛），几乎无法通行。跑步速度减少到不到正常速度的20％左右。
如果在一个方向上可跑性更好，则网屏上留下规则的白色/绿色30％/绿色60％条纹图案，以显示更好的可跑方向。
最小面积：0.55 mm x 0.55 mm（实地面积8 米 x 8米）。
最小宽度：0.25mm（实地宽度3.8米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, slow running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.2</comment>
        <translation>单向难行植被(绿30％条纹)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.2</comment>
        <translation>茂密的植被（树木或灌木丛），几乎无法通行。跑步速度减少到不到正常速度的20％左右。
如果在一个方向上可跑性更好，则网屏上留下规则的白色/绿色30％/绿色60％条纹图案，以显示更好的可跑方向。
最小面积：0.55 mm x 0.55 mm（实地面积8 米 x 8米）。
最小宽度：0.25mm（实地宽度3.8米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, walk in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.3</comment>
        <translation>单向难行植被(绿60％条纹)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.3</comment>
        <translation>茂密的植被（树木或灌木丛），几乎无法通行。跑步速度减少到不到正常速度的20％左右。
如果在一个方向上可跑性更好，则网屏上留下规则的白色/绿色30％/绿色60％条纹图案，以显示更好的可跑方向。
最小面积：0.55 mm x 0.55 mm（实地面积8 米 x 8米）。
最小宽度：0.25mm（实地宽度3.8米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.4</comment>
        <translation>难行植被(线状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is effectively impassable.
Minimum width: 0.35 mm</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.4</comment>
        <translation>茂密的植被（树木或灌木丛）的区域，实际上是无法通行的。
最小宽度：0.35mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, impassable (from ISOM 2017, first edition)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411</comment>
        <translation>植被，无法通行（来自 ISOM 2017第一版）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM 2000. Use either Vegetation: fight (410) or Area that shall not be entered (520) instead.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411</comment>
        <translation>为从ISOM 2000迁移而提供，可使用其他符号：难行植被（410）或 不可通过区域（520）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>耕地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, normally used for growing crops. Runnability may vary according to the type of crops grown and the time of year. For agroforestry, symbol Forest (405) or Open land with scattered trees (402) may be used instead of yellow.
Since the runnability may vary, such areas should be avoided when setting courses.
The symbol is combined with symbol Out-of-bounds area (709) to show cultivated land that shall not be entered.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 3 mm x 3 mm (footprint 45 m x 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>耕作地，通常用于种植农作物。可跑性根据种植的作物类型和一年中的时间而变化。对于农林业，可以使用符号 可跑树林（405）或 稀树空旷地（402）而不是黄色。
由于可跑性有所不同，因此在路线设计时应避免使用这些区域。
该符号与符号禁止进入区域（709）组合以显示不能进入的耕作地。
符号朝向北方。
最小面积：3 mm x 3 mm（实地面积45米x 45米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land (black pattern)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412.1</comment>
        <translation>耕地(黑点)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land. This symbol must be used together with another symbol:
- For land used for growing crops, combine with symbol Open land (401).
- For agroforrestry, use with symbol Forest (405) or Open land with scattered trees (402).
Runnability may vary according to the type of crops or trees, and the time of year.
Since the runnability may vary, such areas should be avoided when setting courses.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 3 mm x 3 mm (footprint 45 m x 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412.1</comment>
        <translation>耕作地。该符号必须与另一个符号一起使用：
-对于用于种植农作物的土地，请与符号开放土地（401）组合。
-对于农林业，可以使用符号 可跑树林（405）或 稀树空旷地（402）而不是黄色。
可跑性根据种植的作物类型和一年中的时间而变化。
因此在路线设计时应避免使用这些区域。
符号朝向北方。
最小面积：3 mm x 3 mm（实地面积45米x 45米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>果园(空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>种植树木或灌木的土地，通常是规则的。点线可以定向为显示种植方向。
必须与符号 空旷地（401）或 凌乱空旷地(403)组合使用。
可与符号慢跑底层植被（407）或 慢行底层植被（409）组合使用以显示减低的可跑性。
最小面积：2mm x 2mm（实地面积30 米 x 30米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation>果园(凌乱空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation>种植树木或灌木的土地，通常是规则的。点线可以定向为显示种植方向。
必须与符号 空旷地（401）或 凌乱空旷地(403)组合使用。
可与符号慢跑底层植被（407）或慢行底层植被（409）组合使用以显示减低的可跑性。
最小面积：2mm x 2mm（实地面积30 米 x 30米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园或类似植被(空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园或类似的耕栽培地， 有密集的植物行列， 在种植方向上有良好或正常的可跑性。 线的方向需显示种植方向。至少应有三条线清晰可见。必须与符号 空旷地（401）或 凌乱空旷地（403）组合使用。
最小面积： 2mm x 2mm （ 实地面积30m米 x 30米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园或类似植被(凌乱空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园或类似的耕栽培地， 有密集的植物行列， 在种植方向上有良好或正常的可跑性。 线的方向需显示种植方向。至少应有三条线清晰可见。必须与符号 空旷地（401）或 凌乱空旷地（403）组合使用。
最小面积： 2mm x 2mm （ 实地面积30m米 x 30米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>明显耕地边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary of cultivated land vegetation (symbols 401, 412, 413, 414) or a boundary between areas of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.).
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>耕作地和植被（符号401 , 412 , 413 , 414）的边界或耕地区域之间未显示其他符号（ 栅栏 ，墙 ，路径等）的边界。
最小长度 ： 2mm（ 占地面积30米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>明显植被边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or vegetation boundary within the forest.
Very distinct forest edges and vegetation boundaries may be represented using the cultivation boundary symbol. Only one of the vegetation boundary symbols (black dotted line or dashed green line) can be used on a map. For areas with a lot of rock features, it is recommended to use the green dashed line for vegetation boundaries.
A disadvantage with a green line is that it cannot be used to show distinct vegetation boundaries around and within symbol Vegetation: fight (410). An alternative for these situations is to use symbol Distinct cultivation boundary (415).
Minimum length, black dot implementation: 5 dots (2.5 mm - footprint 37 m).
Minimum length, green line implementation: 4 dashes (1.8 mm - footprint 27 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>树林中明显的树林边缘或植被边界。
非常明显的树林边缘和植被边界可以使用耕作地边界符号来表示。在地图上只能使用一个植被分界线符号（黑色虚线或绿色虚线）。对于具有大量岩石特征的区域，推荐使用绿色虚线表示植被分界线。
绿线的一个缺点是它不能用于在符号难行植被（410） 周围和内部表示明显的植被边界。这些情况的替代方案是使用符号 耕作地分界线（415） 。
最小长度， 黑点： 5点（ 2.5mm - 实地长度37米）。
最小长度， 绿线： 4 段虚线（1.8mm - 实地长度27米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary, green dashed line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416.1</comment>
        <translation>明显植被边界(绿色)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or vegetation boundary within the forest.
Very distinct forest edges and vegetation boundaries may be represented using the cultivation boundary symbol. Only one of the vegetation boundary symbols (black dotted line or dashed green line) can be used on a map. For areas with a lot of rock features, it is recommended to use the green dashed line for vegetation boundaries.
A disadvantage with a green line is that it cannot be used to show distinct vegetation boundaries around and within symbol Vegetation: fight (410). An alternative for these situations is to use symbol Distinct cultivation boundary (415).
Minimum length, black dot implementation: 5 dots (2.5 mm - footprint 37 m).
Minimum length, green line implementation: 4 dashes (1.8 mm - footprint 27 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416.1</comment>
        <translation>树林中明显的树林边缘或植被边界。
非常明显的树林边缘和植被边界可以使用耕作地边界符号来表示。在地图上只能使用一个植被分界线符号（黑色虚线或绿色虚线）。对于具有大量岩石特征的区域，推荐使用绿色虚线表示植被分界线。
绿线的一个缺点是它不能用于在符号难行植被（410）周围和内部表示明显的植被边界。这些情况的替代方案是使用符号 耕作地分界线（415） 。
最小长度， 黑点： 5点（ 2.5mm - 实地长度37米）。
最小长度， 绿线： 4 段虚线（1.8mm - 实地长度27米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent large tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation>突出的大树</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation>符号占地面积：13.5米 x 13.5米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent bush or tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>突出的灌木或小树</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use sparingly, as it is easily mistaken for symbol Small knoll (109).
Footprint: 9.0 m x 9.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>谨慎使用，因为它很容易被误认为符号 小土丘（109）。内部的小白点用于帮助色觉受损人士辨别。
符号占地面积：9.0米 x 9.0米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>符号朝北。
必须在地图上给出符号的定义。
符号占地面积：13.5米 x 13.5米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation>表面稳固的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。 铺装面应该用一条细黑线作为边界或边框将其明显区分。
最小面积: 1mm x 1mm (实地面积15米 x 15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation>表面稳固的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。 铺装面应该用一条细黑线作为边界或边框将其明显区分。
最小面积: 1mm x 1mm (实地面积15米 x 15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>铺装面应该用一条细黑线作为边界或边框将其明显区分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>公路(最小宽度)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>路的宽度应该按比例进行绘制，但不得小于最小宽度(0.3+2*0.14 mm - 占地面积 8.7米)。如果其他地图符号离道路边缘太近而不能使用各自符号时，则外部边界线可以替换为其他黑线符号，如符号 栅栏(516)、不可通行栅栏(518)、墙(513) 或 不可翻越高墙(515)。
两条黑线之间填充棕色（50％）。
具有两条车道的道路可以用两个公路符号并排表示,中间只保留一条道路边缘。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, 0.5 mm (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>宽的道路，0.5 mm（来自ISOM2000）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>用于从ISOM2000迁移，新地图不鼓励使用此符号变体。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road with two carriageways</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation>双向多车道公路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation>路的宽度应该按比例进行绘制，但不得小于最小宽度(0.3+2*0.14 mm - 占地面积 8.7米)。如果其他地图符号离道路边缘太近而不能使用各自符号时，则外部边界线可以替换为其他黑线符号，如符号栅栏(516)、不可通行栅栏(518)、墙(513) 或 不可翻越高墙(515)。
两条黑线之间填充棕色（50％）。
具有两条车道的道路可以用两个公路符号并排表示,中间只保留一条道路边缘。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>公路(＜5m)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>全天候适合机动车辆行驶的有维护道路，宽度小于5 米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>车径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly. For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (6.25 mm - footprint 94 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>车辆只能以低速行驶的道路或缺乏保养的公路。对于明显的道路交汇点， 符号的虚线在交汇点连接。
不明显的交汇点，符号不用在交汇点连接。
最小长度(单独)： 两条虚线 (6.25mm - 实地长度94米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>人行径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An easily runnable path, bicycle track or old vehicle track.
For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4.25 mm - footprint 64 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>容易奔跑通过的小路、自行车道或旧车道。
对于明显的道路交汇点,符号用短横线在交汇点连接。
不明显的交汇点，符号不用在交汇点连接。
最小长度 (单独)：两条虚线 (4.25 mm - 实地长度64米)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>小径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable small path or (temporary) forest extraction track which can be followed at competition speed.
For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (2.25 mm - footprint 34 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>可跑步通过小路或（ 临时）森林采伐通道，在比赛中可按正常速度奔跑。
对于明显的道路交汇点, 符号的虚线在交汇点连接。
不明显的交汇点，符号不用在交汇点连接。
最小长度 (单独)：两条虚线(2.25mm - 实地长度34米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>不明显小径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable less distinct / visible small path or forestry extraction track.
Minimum length: two sections of double dashes (5.3 mm - footprint 79.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>可跑但不明显小路或林业开采路迹。
最小长度 (单独) ：两段 双虚线 (5.3mm - 实地长度79.5 米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>窄林道或可通过地表的线迹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Without background: the same runnability as the surroundings.
Yellow 100%: easy running.
White in green: normal runnability.
Green 30%: slow running.
Green 60%: walk.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>一条通过地形的森林驿道或明显的径痕（森林采伐道，沙质道，滑雪道 ），但没有清晰可跑路径 。可跑性使用稍微粗一点的黄色、绿色或白色线作为背景来显示的。
没有外轮廓线：可跑性与周围环境一样 。
黄色100% : 易跑。
绿底白条: 正常奔跑。
绿30% : 慢跑。
绿60% : 步行。
最小长度：两段虚线(3.25mm - 实地长度48米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, easy running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation>窄林道(易跑)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation>一条通过地形的森林驿道或明显的径痕（森林采伐道，沙质道，滑雪道 ），但没有清晰可跑路径 。可跑性使用稍微粗一点的黄色、绿色或白色线作为背景来显示的。
最小长度：两段虚线(3.25mm - 实地长度48米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, normal runnability</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation>窄林道(正常奔跑)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation>一条通过地形的森林驿道或明显的径痕（森林采伐道，沙质道，滑雪道 ），但没有清晰可跑路径 。可跑性使用稍微粗一点的黄色、绿色或白色线作为背景来显示的。
最小长度：两段虚线(3.25mm - 实地长度48米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation>窄林道(慢跑)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation>一条通过地形的森林驿道或明显的径痕（森林采伐道，沙质道，滑雪道 ），但没有清晰可跑路径 。可跑性使用稍微粗一点的黄色、绿色或白色线作为背景来显示的。
最小长度：两段虚线(3.25mm - 实地长度48米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.4</comment>
        <translation>窄林道(步行)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.4</comment>
        <translation>一条通过地形的森林驿道或明显的径痕（森林采伐道，沙质道，滑雪道 ），但没有清晰可跑路径 。可跑性使用稍微粗一点的黄色、绿色或白色线作为背景来显示的。
最小长度：两段虚线(3.25mm - 实地长度48米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>铁路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track.
If it is forbidden to run along the railway, it shall be combined with symbol Out-of-bounds route (711). If it is forbidden to cross the railway, it must be combined with symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) or Out-of-bounds area (709).
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4 mm - footprint 60 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>铁路或其他类型的铁轨。
如果禁止沿铁路通行, 则应与符号 禁止通行线路 (711) 相结合。 如果禁止穿越铁路, 则必须与 不可通过区域(520) 或 禁止通行区域(709) 的符号相结合。
最小长度 ( 单独) : 两条虚线 (4mm - 实地长度60米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation>电线、索道或缆车</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The line may be broken to improve legibility.
If a section of a power line, cableway or skilift goes along a road or path (and does not offer significant additional navigational value) it should be omitted.
Minimum length (isolated): 5 mm (footprint: 75 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation>输电线, 索道或滑雪缆车。 符号中短横线表示塔的实际位置。 为了提高地图可读性，符号有可能断开。
如果电线、索道、滑雪缆车的某一段沿着道路或小路并行或重叠(并且没有显著的附加导航价值),则应该省略该路线段。
最小长度 (单独): 5 mm (实地长度: 75米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility.
Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation>高压输电线应该用双线绘制。两条线之间的距离可以表示出实地电线的宽度。为了提高可读性，这些线可以断开。符号中短横线表示塔的实际位置。
非常大的电线塔应该用 建筑物（521）或高塔（524）表示电线塔的轮廓。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation>高压输电线应该用双线绘制。两条线之间的距离可以表示出实地电线的宽度。为了提高可读性，这些线可以断开。符号中短横线表示塔的实际位置。非常大的电线塔应该用 建筑物（521）或高塔（524）表示电线塔的轮廓。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, large carrying masts</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol 521 (building) or with symbol 524 (high tower).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation>高压输电线应该用双线绘制。两条线之间的距离可以表示出实地电线的宽度。为了提高可读性，这些线可以断开。非常大的电线塔应该用 建筑物（521）或高塔（524）表示电线塔的轮廓。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>桥梁/隧道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>桥梁和隧道使用相同的基本符号表示。
如果无法通过隧道(或桥下)，应该省略。
最小长度 (基线): 0.4mm (实地长度 6米)。
连接路径的小桥用路径符号的虚线中心跨越交汇点表示。路径在穿过水道交叉处打断表示没有桥梁。没有连接路径的小人行桥用一条短划线表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation>桥梁/隧道(最小尺寸)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation>桥梁和隧道使用相同的基本符号表示。
如果无法通过隧道(或桥下)，应该省略。
最小长度 (基线): 0.4mm (实地长度 6米)。
连接路径的小桥用路径符号的虚线中心跨越交汇点表示。路径在穿过水道交叉处打断表示没有桥梁。没有连接路径的小人行桥用一条短划线表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation>小人行桥</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25 mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5 mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation>连接路径的小桥用路径符号的虚线中心跨越交汇点表示。
注意：如果水道的宽度大于0.25毫米，请调整此符号，使其在水道的两侧延伸0.5毫米！</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation>墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A significant wall of stone, concrete, wood or other materials.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation>由石头、混凝土、木材或其他材料组成的明显的墙。
最小高度: 1 米。
最小长度 ( 单独) : 1.4mm ( 实地尺寸21米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 514</comment>
        <translation>残破的墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct wall. Minimum height 0.5 m.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.65 mm - footprint 55 m). If shorter, the object must be exaggerated to the minimum length or changed to symbol Wall (513).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 514</comment>
        <translation>残破或不明显的墙。最小高度为 0.5米。
最小长度: 两条虚线(3.65mm – 实地尺寸55米)。如果较短， 则必须将符号夸大为最小长度尺寸或更改为符号墙（513）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的高墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable wall, normally more than 1.5 m high.
Minimum length (isolated): 3 mm (footprint 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越或不可跨越的高墙，通常超过1.5米高。
最小长度(单独): 3mm (实地尺寸45米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>如果栅栏形成一个封闭的区域, 则齿线应朝向区域内部。
最小长度 (单独): 1.5 mm (实地尺寸22.5米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>残破围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct fence. If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.65 mm - footprint 55 m). If shorter, the symbol must be exaggerated to the minimum length or changed to symbol Fence (516).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>残破或不明显的栅栏。如果栅栏围成一个封闭的区域, 则齿线应朝向区域内部。
最小长度: 两段虚线 ( 3.65mm– 实地尺寸55米) 。 如果较短， 则必须将符号夸大为最小长度尺寸或更改为符号 栅栏（516）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越高围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable fence, normally more than 1.5 m high.
If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越或不可翻越的栅栏，通常超过1.5米高。
如果栅栏围成一个封闭的区域, 则齿线应朝向区域内部。
最小长度 (单独): 2 mm (实地尺寸30米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way through or over a wall, fence or other linear feature, including a gate or stile.
For impassable features, the line shall be broken at the crossing point. For passable features, the line shall not be broken if passing involves a degree of climb.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>穿过或通过墙壁、栅栏或其他线状特征物的通道，包括门或阶 梯。
对于不可通行的特征物，应在通过点断开该线。对于可通行的特征，如果通过涉及一定程度的爬坡，则不得剪断该线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>不可通过区域(禁区)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>不可通行区域是指如私人住宅、花园、工厂或其他工业区。 只有等高线和突出特征物，如轨道和大型建筑物，应显示在不可通行区域内。垂直黑色条纹可用于表示完整地形的重要区域（例如，当森林的一部分是禁区时）。当路径穿过禁区时，应断开此区域符号。
边界明显的禁区应以黑色边界线或其他黑色线为界，如果边界不明显，则不得出现黑线。
线路设计符号709可用于临时禁区区域。
禁区符号的垂直黑色条纹版本朝向北方。
不得进入禁区。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm (实际尺寸15米 x 15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, solid colour, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation>禁区边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation>边界明显的禁区应以黑色边界线或其他黑色线为界，如果边界不明显，则不得出现黑线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation>不可通过区域(条状禁区)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation>不可通行区域是指如私人住宅、花园、工厂或其他工业区。 只有等高线和突出特征物，如轨道和大型建筑物，应显示在不可通行区域内。垂直黑色条纹可用于表示完整地形的重要区域（例如，当森林的一部分是禁区时）。当路径穿过禁区时，应断开此区域符号。
边界明显的禁区应以黑色边界线或其他黑色线为界，如果边界不明显，则不得出现黑线。
线路设计符号709可用于临时禁区区域。
禁区符号的垂直黑色条纹版本朝向北方。
不得进入禁区。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm (实际尺寸15米 x 15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation>条状禁区边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation>边界明显的禁区应以黑色边界线或其他黑色线为界，如果边界不明显，则不得出现黑线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>不可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>在比例允许的情况下， 建筑物要显示底层平面图。
在城市地区，大于75米 x 75米的建筑物可以用深灰色填充表示。
穿过建筑物的通道必须具有0.3mm的最小宽度（ 实际尺寸4.5米）。
禁止区域内的建筑物是概括的。
完全包含在建筑物内的区域不应绘制（应表示为建筑物的一部 分）。表示建筑物之间、建筑物与其他不可通行特征之间的最小间隙应为0.4mm。
最小面积: 0.5mm x 0.5mm（ 实地尺寸7.5米 x 7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation>建筑物最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation>比例允许的情况下， 建筑物要显示底层平面图。
在城市地区，大于75米 x 75米的建筑物可以用深灰色填充表示。
穿过建筑物的通道必须具有0.3mm的最小宽度（ 实际尺寸4.5米）。
禁止区域内的建筑物是概括的。
完全包含在建筑物内的区域不应绘制（应表示为建筑物的一部 分）。表示建筑物之间、建筑物与其他不可通行特征之间的最小间隙应为0.4mm。
最小面积: 0.5mm x 0.5mm（ 实地尺寸7.5米 x 7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation>大的不可通过建筑物(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation>在比例允许的情况下， 建筑物要显示底层平面图。
在城市地区，大于75米 x 75米的建筑物可以用深灰色填充表示。
穿过建筑物的通道必须具有0.3mm的最小宽度（ 实际尺寸4.5米）。
禁止区域内的建筑物是概括的。
完全包含在建筑物内的区域不应绘制（应表示为建筑物的一部 分）。表示建筑物之间、建筑物与其他不可通行特征之间的最小间隙应为0.4mm。
最小面积: 0.5mm x 0.5mm（ 实地尺寸7.5米 x 7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation>大的不可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation>在比例允许的情况下， 建筑物要显示底层平面图。
在城市地区，大于75米 x 75米的建筑物可以用深灰色填充表示。
穿过建筑物的通道必须具有0.3mm的最小宽度（ 实际尺寸4.5米）。
禁止区域内的建筑物是概括的。
完全包含在建筑物内的区域不应绘制（应表示为建筑物的一部 分）。表示建筑物之间、建筑物与其他不可通行特征之间的最小间隙应为0.4mm。
最小面积: 0.5mm x 0.5mm（ 实地尺寸7.5米 x 7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation>大的不可通过建筑物边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation>在比例允许的情况下， 建筑物要显示底层平面图。
在城市地区，大于75米 x 75米的建筑物可以用深灰色填充表示。
穿过建筑物的通道必须具有0.3mm的最小宽度（ 实际尺寸4.5米）。
禁止区域内的建筑物是概括的。
完全包含在建筑物内的区域不应绘制（应表示为建筑物的一部 分）。表示建筑物之间、建筑物与其他不可通行特征之间的最小间隙应为0.4mm。
最小面积: 0.5mm x 0.5mm（ 实地尺寸7.5米 x 7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>可通过建筑物(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An accessible and runnable area with roof.
Minimum area (isolated): 0.6 mm x 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m x 9 m).
Minimum (inside) width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>有屋顶可通过区域。
最小面积 (单独): 0.6mm x 0.6mm（实际尺寸9米 x 9米）。
最小（内部）宽度 : 0.3 mm （实际尺寸 4.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation>可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An accessible and runnable area with roof.
Minimum area (isolated): 0.6 mm x 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m x 9 m).
Minimum (inside) width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation>有屋顶可通过区域。
最小面积 (单独): 0.6mm x 0.6mm（实际尺寸9米 x 9米）。
最小（内部）宽度 : 0.3 mm （实际尺寸 4.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.2</comment>
        <translation>可通过建筑物边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An accessible and runnable area with roof.
Minimum area (isolated): 0.6 mm x 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m x 9 m).
Minimum (inside) width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.2</comment>
        <translation>有屋顶可通过区域。
最小面积 (单独): 0.6mm x 0.6mm（实际尺寸9米 x 9米）。
最小（内部）宽度 : 0.3 mm （实际尺寸 4.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>废墟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined building. The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size. Ruins that are so small that they cannot be drawn to scale may be represented using a solid line.
Minimum area (outside measures): 0.8 mm x 0.8 mm (footprint 12 m x 12 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>毁坏的建筑物。废墟平面在地图上按比例绘制，直到最小尺寸。小到无法按比例绘制的废墟可以用实线表示 。
最小面积（外部尺寸）:0.8mm x 0.8mm（ 实际尺寸12米 x 12米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523.1</comment>
        <translation>废墟最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined building. The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size. Ruins that are so small that they cannot be drawn to scale may be represented using a solid line.
Minimum area (outside measures): 0.8 mm x 0.8 mm (footprint 12 m x 12 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523.1</comment>
        <translation>毁坏的建筑物。废墟平面在地图上按比例绘制，直到最小尺寸。小到无法按比例绘制的废墟可以用实线表示 。
最小面积（外部尺寸）:0.8mm x 0.8mm（ 实际尺寸12米 x 12米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>高塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon. If it is in a forest, it must be visible above the level of the surrounding forest.Towers with a larger footprint must be represented using symbol Building (521).
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 21 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>高塔或大型的塔。如果它位于森林中，则必须在周围森林的上方可见。具有较大占地面积的塔必须使用符号 建筑物（521） 表示。
符号方向朝北。
符号占地尺寸： 直径21米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>小塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious small tower, platform or seat.
Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 15 m x 15 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>明显的小塔、平台或座位。
位置位于符号的重心。
符号方向朝北。
符号占地尺寸: 15米 x 15米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>石标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent cairn, memorial stone, boundary stone or trigonometric point.
Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 12 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>突出的堆石、纪念石、界石或三角点。
最小高度: 0.5米。
符号占地尺寸: 直径12米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>饲料架</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack, which is free standing or attached to a tree.
Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>一种独立或附在树上的饲料架。
位置位于符号的重心。
符号方向朝北。
符号占地尺寸: 13.5米 x 13.5米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>突出的线状特征物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent man-made line feature. For example, a low pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track that is clearly visible. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Minimum length: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>显著的可通行人造线状特征。例如，低矮管道（气、水、油、供热等）或清晰可见的雪橇/骨架轨道。符号的定义必须标明在地图。
最小长度: 1.5 mm（实地尺寸 22.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent impassable line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>突出的不可翻越线状特征物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable man-made line feature. For example, a high pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>明显的无法翻越的人造线状特征物。例如，高大管道（气、水、油、供热等）或雪橇/骨架轨道。符号的定义必须标明在地图上。
最小长度：2mm （实际尺寸 30 米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – ring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>突出的人造特征物-⚪</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>位置位于符号的重心处。
符号的定义必须标明在地图上。
符号占地尺寸：直径12米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – x</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>特殊人造地物 – x</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>位置位于符号的重心处。
符号方向朝北。
符号的定义必须标明在地图上。
符号占地尺寸: 12 米 x 12米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation>台阶</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct stairway through the terrain which helps to climb very steep slopes or to cross over impassable objects. A stairway going through rock passages or between impassable objects may be drawn without border lines.
An easily runnable stairway or indistinct stairway should be drawn as a footpath. Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
Minimum length: 3 (graphical) steps.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (IM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation>穿越地形的明显楼梯， 有助于攀爬非常陡峭的斜坡或穿越不可逾越的物体。穿过岩石通道或不可逾越物体之间的楼梯可以不画两边界线。
容易奔跑或不明显的楼梯应该绘制成行人径，楼梯台阶应该用示意方式表示。
最小长度: 3 ( 图形化) 步阶。
最小宽度: 0.4mm(IM) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway, without border lines</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532.1</comment>
        <translation>台阶(无边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct stairway through the terrain which helps to climb very steep slopes or to cross over impassable objects. A stairway going through rock passages or between impassable objects may be drawn without border lines.
An easily runnable stairway or indistinct stairway should be drawn as a footpath. Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532.1</comment>
        <translation>穿越地形的明显楼梯， 有助于攀爬非常陡峭的斜坡或穿越不可逾越的物体。穿过岩石通道或不可逾越物体之间的楼梯可以不画两边界线。
容易奔跑或不明显的楼梯应该绘制成行人径，楼梯台阶应该用示意方式表示。
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线(面状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线-蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线-蓝色(面状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>套版线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At least three registration marks may be placed in the corners of the map. These can be used for printing courses on already printed maps. In addition, it allows a check of colour registration when printing colours separately.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>在地图的角落至少要放置三个套版线符号。 套版线可用于在已印刷的地图上打印线路。此外，它还可以在单独打印颜色时检查各颜色配准。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>高程点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre.
Water levels are given without the dot.
Spot heights must only be used where they do not conflict with other symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>高程点用于粗略评估高差度。高程取整数米。
水位高度不加点。
只有在不与其他符号发生冲突的情况下，才能使用高程点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>高程注记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre.
Water levels are given without the dot.
Spot heights must only be used where they do not conflict with other symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>高程点用于粗略评估高差度。高程取整数米。
水位高度不加点。
只有在不与其他符号发生冲突的情况下，才能使用高程点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The place where the orienteering starts. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position where the orienteering course starts. The start must be on a clearly identifiable point on the map. The triangle points in the direction of the first control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>定向赛程的起点。三角形的中心位于赛程的确切起点。起点须为图上一个能够清晰辨认的点。三角形指向第一个检查点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Map issue point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>发图点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If there is a marked route to the start point, the map issue point is marked using this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>倘若有指定路线前往起点，则派发地图的位置以此符号表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For point features, the centre of the circle shall be the centre of the symbol. For line and area features, the centre of the circle shows the precise position of the control marker. Controls shall only be placed on points that are clearly identifiable on the map.
Sections of the circle should be omitted to leave important detail showing.
Footprint 75 m</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>对于点状特征物，检查点的圆中心应是符号的中心。对于线状和面状特征物，则检查点的圆中心表示的是点标旗放置的精确位置。检查点应只能放置在地图上可以清楚识别的特征上。
遇到重要细节特征时，应裁剪检查点符号圆圈的一小部分，显出重要细节。
检查点实地直径75米</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail.
The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>检查点的序号要放置在靠近检查点符号圆圈而又不掩盖地图重要细节的位置上。
序号要朝向北。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>检查点连线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the sequence is shown using straight lines from the start to the first control and then from each control to the next one. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing. The line should be drawn via mandatory crossing points. There should be gaps between the line and the control circle in order to increase the readability of the underlying detail close to the control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>按顺序到访的检查点，要使用直线从起点、逐一检查点、终点依次连接起来。遇到重要的细节特征时，应该裁剪局部线段。为了增强检查点符号圆圈周围的细节特征的可读性，连线与检查点符号圆圈之间可以有适当的间隙。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The end of the course.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点（同心圆）表示路线结束。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>必经路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route that is a part of the course. It is mandatory to follow the marked route.
Minimum length: 2 dashes (4.5 mm – footprint: 67.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>比赛线路上有标记引导部分。必须按标记引导通过该路段。
最小长度：2段虚线(4.5mm-实地长度：67.5米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行的界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.
An out-of-bounds boundary shall not be crossed.
Minimum length: 1 mm (footprint: 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行的界线是一条
不允许跨越的界线。
最小长度：1.0mm（实地长度：15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
– a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) in the terrain,
– a dashed line indicates intermittent marking in the terrain,
– no line indicates no marking in the terrain.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域，禁区如果没有自然边界，可以画一条边界，如下所示:
– 实线表示在禁区的边界地形上有连续标记（警戒带等）。
– 虚线表示在禁区的边界地形上有不连续的标记。
– 无边线表示禁区的边界地形上没有标记。
禁区是指禁止进入的区域。
最小面积：2mmx2mm(实地面积：30米 x 30米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域，实线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>实线表示在禁区的边界地形上有连续标记（警戒带等）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域 ，虚线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>虚线表示在禁区的边界地形上有不连续的标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>通过点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point, for instance through or over a wall or fence, across a road or railway, through a tunnel or out-of-bounds area, or over an uncrossable boundary is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards. The lines shall reflect the length of the crossing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>翻越点，例如需要翻越或越过围墙或栅栏、穿过公路或铁路、穿过隧道或禁区区域，或越过一个不可翻越的边界，则在地图上画出两条向外弯曲的线。翻越点（即符号线）的长短则是反映参赛者需要横穿的长度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行的线路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds. Competitors are allowed to cross directly over a forbidden route, but it is forbidden to go along it.
An out-of-bounds route shall not be used.
Minimum length: 2 symbols (6 mm – footprint 90 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行线路，参赛者可以直接穿过禁止的线路，但禁止沿着这条线路前进。
比赛时不得使用禁止通行的线路。
最小长度： 2 个符号(6mm - 实地距离：90米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds route, single cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行的线路（单个交叉）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds. Competitors are allowed to cross directly over a forbidden route, but it is forbidden to go along it.
An out-of-bounds route shall not be used.
Minimum length: 2 symbols (6 mm – footprint 90 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行线路，参赛者可以直接穿过禁止的线路，但禁止沿着这条线路前进。
比赛时不得使用禁止通行的线路。
最小长度： 2 个符号(6mm - 实地距离：90米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>饮水站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>不在检查点上的饮水站位置标注。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>简单的线路设计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>此符号提供了一种简单而快速的方法来进行设计培训路线。

紫色线将延伸到终点符号中。这是这种简单方法的缺点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrienteering图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrientering图标。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISOM2017</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 65%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>黑色 65%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>黑色 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>棕色50％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below light browns</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>黑色底的浅棕色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>不透明的蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>棕色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 25% (Grey)</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>黑色 25%（灰色）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%, Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>绿色50％，黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>不透明的白色在绿色上</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>不透明的绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green below light greens</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation>浅绿色下面是绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>首曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线来表明下坡方向。使用时，应将它们放置在山凹谷处。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>等高线注记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured. The figures should be orientated so that the top of the figure is on the higher side of the contour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>等高线可以标注高度，以帮助评估较大的高度差。高度值只能插入计曲等高线中，其他细节不被遮挡的位置。它的方向要朝向等高线较高侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>间曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, formline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>间曲线-示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线来表明下坡方向。使用时，应将它们放置在山凹谷处。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>土崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation>土崖-主线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>土崖齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>用此符号表示土崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation>土崖最小尺寸 (来自 ISOM2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height is 1 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>明显的土墙，最小高度为1 m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation>破土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>冲沟或堑壕</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>小冲沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>小土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>狭长小土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation>小凹地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>土坑或洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>坑洼地面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, individual dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation>单点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail. The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation>太复杂而无法显示细节的土坑或小丘区域。自由放置的点的密度会在根据地面上的细节而变化。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 114</comment>
        <translation>非常坑洼地面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent landform feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>特殊地貌</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>陡崖-主线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>垂直的岩壁，空间较短，例如悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>陡崖-齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>使用此符号可以显示宽悬崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖最小尺寸 (来自 ISOM2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation>可通的过陡崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation>可翻越陡崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation>可翻越陡崖最小尺寸(来自 ISOM2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes, caves or mineshafts with a distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol should point into the cave.
Rocky pits larger than 5 m in diameter should be exaggerated and represented using cliff symbols (201, 202).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>可能对竞赛者构成危险的岩石坑、洞、洞穴或矿井。最小深度：1米。
该符号的重心处表示出该地物的位置，符号指向洞穴。
岩石坑直径大于五米的可以夸大一些用符号陡崖（201、202） 来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave with distinct entrance (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation>入口明显的岩石坑或洞穴（来自 ISOM2000）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes, caves or mineshafts with a distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol should point into the cave.
Rocky pits larger than 5 m in diameter should be exaggerated and represented using cliff symbols (201, 202).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation>可能对竞赛者构成危险的岩石坑、洞、洞穴或矿井。最小深度：1米。
该符号的重心处表示出该地物的位置，符号指向洞穴。
岩石坑直径大于五米的可以夸大一些用符号陡崖（201、202） 来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>石块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder or large boulder, different size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation>不同尺寸的石块或大石块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boulder which is larger than neighboring boulders (204), or a large boulder which is smaller than neighboring large boulders (205).

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) boulders (204) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an enlargement of symbol 204 for some of the boulders.

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) large boulders (205) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an as a reduction of symbol 205 for some of the boulders.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation>大于相邻大石（204）的石头，或者小于相邻巨石（205）的巨石。

为了能够显示相邻的（距离少于30米）大石（204）在尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许使用此符号（0.5 mm）作为对某些符号204的放大石头。

为了能够显示相邻的（距离少于30米）巨石（205）在尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许使用此符号（0.5 mm）作为对某些符号205的缩小巨石。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>大巨石或岩石柱</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation>大的石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>单点符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is shown with randomly orientated solid triangles with sides of ratio 8:6:5. A minimum of two triangles should be used. The going is indicated by the density of the triangles. To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>覆盖有很多块无法单独标记的石头的区域，由任意指向的实心三角形显示，三角形三边的比例为 8:6:5 。应该最少使用两个三角形。通过性由三角形的密度指示。为了能够显示石块尺寸显著不同的石块地之间的区别，允许将三角形放大 20% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>大的单点符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示石块尺寸显著不同的石块地之间的区别，允许将三角形放大 20% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dense boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>密集石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>碎石地（慢跑）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, individual dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>碎石地-单点符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>碎石地（步行）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, fight</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>碎石地（难通行）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation>沙地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation>裸岩地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Trench</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 215</comment>
        <translation>沟渠</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>不可同行水域-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>黑色的水岸线强调了这个符号特征是不可通行的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation>浅水区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, solid outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation>浅水区域-实线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, dashed outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.3</comment>
        <translation>浅水区域-虚线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>水坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation>可涉水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>可涉小水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor/seasonal water channel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>季节性水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>天然或人造的次要水道，可能仅间歇性地有水。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>不可逾越的沼泽-有边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation>不可通行的沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation>不可通行沼泽-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>小水沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well, fountain or water tank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>井、喷泉或水槽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>泉</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>特殊水体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>稀树空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>凌乱空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>稀树凌乱空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>好跑树林</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>植被茂密（能见度低）的区域，使行进速度降低到正常速度的 60-80%左右。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 60-80% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>密集但视野良好的灌木层，（黑莓树、帚石楠、矮树，以及包括伐倒的树枝），降低跑步速度约为正常速度的 60 ~ 80% 。这个符号可以不与符号 406 或 408 组合。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 3</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>在一个方向上可奔跑的树林，3</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is effectively impassable.
Minimum width: 0.35 mm</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>茂密的植被（树木或灌木丛）的区域，实际上是无法通行的。
最小宽度：0.35mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>耕地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>果园(空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>明显耕地边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>明显植被边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary, green dashed line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416.1</comment>
        <translation>明显植被边界(绿色)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent large tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation>突出的大树</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation>符号占地面积：13.5米 x 13.5米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent bush or tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>突出的灌木或小树</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>符号占地面积：13.5米 x 13.5米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>铺装面应该用一条细黑线作为边界或边框将其明显区分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>公路(最小宽度)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road with two carriageways</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation>双向多车道公路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>公路(＜5m)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>全天候适合机动车辆行驶的有维护道路，宽度小于5 米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>车径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>人行径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>小径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>不明显小径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>窄林道或可通过地表的线迹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>铁路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation>电线、索道或缆车</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, large carrying masts</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>桥梁/隧道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation>桥梁/隧道(最小尺寸)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation>小人行桥</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation>墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 514</comment>
        <translation>残破的墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的高墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>残破围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越高围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way through or over a wall, fence or other linear feature, including a gate or stile.
For impassable features, the line shall be broken at the crossing point. For passable features, the line shall not be broken if passing involves a degree of climb.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>穿过或通过墙壁、栅栏或其他线状特征物的通道，包括门或阶 梯。
对于不可通行的特征物，应在通过点断开该线。对于可通行的特征，如果通过涉及一定程度的爬坡，则不得剪断该线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>不可通过区域(禁区)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>不可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation>建筑物最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation>大的不可通过建筑物(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation>大的不可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>可通过建筑物(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation>可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>废墟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523.1</comment>
        <translation>废墟最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>高塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>小塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>石标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>饲料架</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>突出的线状特征物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent impassable line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>突出的不可翻越线状特征物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – ring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>突出的人造特征物-⚪</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征以这些符号显示。每种情况必须在图例中给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – x</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>特殊人造地物 – x</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征以这些符号显示。每种情况必须在图例中给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线(面状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>套版线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>高程点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>高程注记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The place where the orienteering starts. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position where the orienteering course starts. The start must be on a clearly identifiable point on the map. The triangle points in the direction of the first control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>定向赛程的起点。三角形的中心位于赛程的确切起点。起点须为图上一个能够清晰辨认的点。三角形指向第一个检查点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Map issue point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>发图点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If there is a marked route to the start point, the map issue point is marked using this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>倘若有指定路线前往起点，则派发地图的位置以此符号表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>检查点的代码放置在靠近检查点圆的位置，这样就不会遮住重要的细节。这些数字指向北方。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>检查点连线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the sequence is shown using straight lines from the start to the first control and then from each control to the next one. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing. The line should be drawn via mandatory crossing points. There should be gaps between the line and the control circle in order to increase the readability of the underlying detail close to the control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>按顺序到访的检查点，要使用直线从起点、逐一检查点、终点依次连接起来。遇到重要的细节特征时，应该裁剪局部线段。为了增强检查点符号圆圈周围的细节特征的可读性，连线与检查点符号圆圈之间可以有适当的间隙。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The end of the course.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点（同心圆）表示路线结束。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>必经路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行的界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域，实线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>实线表示在禁区的边界地形上有连续标记（警戒带等）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域 ，虚线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>虚线表示在禁区的边界地形上有不连续的标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point, for instance through or over a wall or fence, across a road or railway, through a tunnel or out-of-bounds area, or over an uncrossable boundary is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards. The lines shall reflect the length of the crossing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>通过点，例如需要通过或越过围墙或栅栏、穿过公路或铁路、穿过隧道或禁区区域，或越过一个不可通过的边界，则在地图上画出两条向外弯曲的线。通过点（即符号线）的长短则是反映参赛者需要横穿的长度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行的线路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds route, single cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行的线路（单个交叉）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>饮水站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>不在检查点上的饮水站位置标注。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>简单的线路设计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>此符号提供了一种简单而快速的方法来进行设计培训路线。

紫色线将延伸到终点符号中。这是这种简单方法的缺点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrienteering图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrientering图标。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISOM2000</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>棕色50％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below light browns</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>黑色底的浅棕色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>不透明的蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>棕色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>黑色30％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%, Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>绿色50％，黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green over White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>绿白相间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>不透明的白色在绿色上</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>不透明的绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green below light greens</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>浅绿色下面是绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>白色在黄色70%上面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>黄色70％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>首曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 metres. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>连接相同高度的点的线。等高线之间的标准垂直间隔为5米。等高线的最小弯曲为线中心到线中心0.25mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface. Where an index contour coincides with an area of much detail, it may be shown with a normal contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>每五条等高线应画一条较粗的线。这有助于快速评估高度差和地形表面的整体形状。在一个有很多细节的区域中，计曲等高线可以表示为一条普通的等高线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>间曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An intermediate contour line. Form lines are used where more information can be given about the shape of the ground. They are used only where representation is not possible with ordinary contours. Only one form line may be used between neighbouring contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>是一条中间等高线。在可以提供更多关于地面形状的信息的地方，可以使用间曲线。它仅在首曲线无法表示的情况下使用，相邻首曲线之间只能使用一条间曲线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line, e.g. along the line of a re-entrant or in a depression. They are used only where it is necessary to clarify the direction of slope.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>可以在等高线的下侧绘制示坡线来表明下坡方向。使用时，应将它们放置在山凹谷处。它们仅在需要表明下坡方向时使用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>等高线注记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured. The figures should be orientated so that the top of the figure is on the higher side of the contour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>计曲等高线可以标注高度。高度值只能插入计曲等高线中，其他细节不被遮挡的位置。它的方向要朝向计曲等高线较高侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation>土崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks should be drawn with symbol 201 (impassable cliff). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围，如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可逾越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks should be drawn with symbol 201 (impassable cliff). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围，如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可逾越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖-高的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>很高的土崖-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>土崖齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>用此符号表示土崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height is 1 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>明显的土墙，最小高度为1 m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>小土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small or partly ruined earth wall shall be shown with a dashed line. Minimum height is 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>小的或部分损坏的土墙应该以虚线显示，最小高度为0.5m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>冲沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully or trench which is too small to be shown by symbol 106 is shown by a single line. The line width reflects the size of the gully. Minimum depth 1 m. The end of the line is pointed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>太小而无法用符号106表示的冲沟或沟槽用单线表示。线宽反映了冲沟的大小。最小深度1 m。线的末端已标示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>小冲沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully or trench. Minimum depth 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>小的被侵蚀的溪谷或沟渠，最小深度0.5m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>小土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious mound or rocky knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (diameter of mound less than ca. 5 m). The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground. The symbol may not touch a contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>小的明显的土丘或岩丘，无法与等高线成比例绘制（土丘直径小于大约 5m ）。小丘的高度突出周围地面应该最小为 1m 。符号不能接触等高线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>长土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (length less than 12 m and width less than 4 m). The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground. Knolls larger than this must be shown by contours. The symbol may not be drawn in free form or such that two elongated knoll symbols overlap. The symbol may not touch a contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>小的明显的长土丘，无法与等高线成比例绘制（长度小于 12m ，宽度小于 4m ）。小丘的高度突出周围地面应该最小为 1m 。大于此尺寸的小丘应该用等高线绘制。符号不能以自由形式绘制或者使两个小丘符号重叠。符号不能接触等高线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>小凹地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small shallow natural depressions and hollows (minimum diameter 2 m) which cannot be shown to scale by contours are represented by a semicircle. Minimum depth from the surrounding ground should be 1 m. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north. Symbol 116 is used for man-made pits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>小的窄的自然凹地或坑洼（直径至少为 2m ），不能用等高线成比例绘制，要另外用半圆表示。深度低于周围地面应该最小为 1m 。位置在符号的重心处，符号指向北。符号116用于人工土坑。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation>土坑或洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pits and holes with distinct steep sides which cannot be shown to scale by symbol 106 (minimum diameter 2 m). Minimum depth from the surrounding ground should be 1 m. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation>某一侧明显陡直的土坑或洞，不能用符号106成比例地绘制（直径至少 2m）。最小深度低于周围地面应该为 1m 。位置在符号的重心处，符号指向北。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>崎岖的地面，小的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail. The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>太复杂而无法显示细节的土坑或小丘区域。自由放置的点的密度会在根据地面上的细节而变化。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, big</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation>崎岖的地面，大的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The size of the dots may vary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation>点的尺寸会变化。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special land form feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation>特殊地形特征</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol can be used for a special small land form feature. The definition of the symbol must be given in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation>这个符号可以用于特别小的地形特征。符号的定义必须在地图图例中给出。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see 106) is shown with a 0.35 mm line and downward tags showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags should clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的石崖、采石场或土堤（参见106），0.35毫米的线宽，下面的齿线显示了从顶线到脚的整个范围。对于垂直的岩壁，如果空间较短（例如，悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。齿线可以在表示岩石面正下方的细节的区域符号上延伸。当岩石面直接掉入水中，使其无法沿着水的边缘越过悬崖时，将忽略堤岸线，否则标签应清晰地延伸到堤岸线上。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see 106) is shown with a 0.35 mm line and downward tags showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags should clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的石崖、采石场或土堤（参见106），0.35毫米的线宽，下面的齿线显示了从顶线到脚的整个范围。对于垂直的岩壁，如果空间较短（例如，悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。齿线可以在表示岩石面正下方的细节的区域符号上延伸。当岩石面直接掉入水中，使其无法沿着水的边缘越过悬崖时，将忽略堤岸线，否则标签应清晰地延伸到堤岸线上。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越石崖-无齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>垂直的岩壁，空间较短，例如悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>陡崖-齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>使用此符号可以显示宽悬崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rock pillars/cliffs</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>岩柱/悬崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>In the case of unusual features such as rock pillars or massive cliffs or gigantic boulders, the rocks shall be shown in plan shape without tags.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>在岩石柱、巨大的悬崖或巨大的巨石等异常特征的情况下，岩石应以平面图形表示，且没有齿线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face (minimum height 1 m) may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>小且竖直岩面（最小高度 1m ）可以不使用短线显示。如果岩面下降的方向从等高线上看不明显或识别度不高，应该在下降方向上绘制短线。对于没有显示短线的可翻越岩面，线的末端可以圆滑，来提高识别度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face (minimum height 1 m) may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation>小且竖直岩面（最小高度 1m ）可以不使用短线显示。如果岩面下降的方向从等高线上看不明显或识别度不高，应该在下降方向上绘制短线。对于没有显示短线的可翻越岩面，线的末端可以圆滑，来提高识别度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖，无短线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖，无短线，最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>可翻越石崖，无短线，圆滑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>对于无短线显示的可翻越石崖，线的末端应该圆滑来提高辨识性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越石崖，无短线，圆滑，最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation>对于无短线显示的可翻越石崖，线的末端应该圆滑来提高辨识性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>岩坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes or mineshafts which may constitute a danger to the runner. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>岩坑、地洞，或矿井，可能对运动员构成危险。位于符号的重心。符号必须向北正置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave is represented by the same symbol as a rocky pit. In this case the symbol should be orientated to point up the slope as indicated opposite. The centre of gravity of the symbol marks the opening.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞与岩坑以同一个符号表示，但表示山洞时，须将其尖端指向等高线较高一侧。符号的重心位于山洞的入口。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>石块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct boulder (minimum height 1 m). Every boulder marked on the map should be immediately identifiable on the ground. To be able to show the distinction between boulders with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (diameter 0.5 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>一个较小的明显石头（最小高度为1 m）。地图上标记的每个石头都应立即在地面上被识别。为了能够显示出大小差异显著的石头之间的区别，允许将该符号放大20％（直径0.5毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206.1</comment>
        <translation>石头-放大</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulders with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (diameter 0.5 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206.1</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示出大小差异显著的巨石之间的区别，允许将该符号放大20％（直径0.5毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. For gigantic boulders symbol 202 should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>大而明顯的岩石。更巨大的岩石應使用符號 202.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is shown with randomly orientated solid triangles with sides of ratio 8:6:5. A minimum of two triangles should be used. The going is indicated by the density of the triangles. To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>覆盖有很多块无法单独标记的石头的区域，由任意指向的实心三角形显示，三角形三边的比例为 8:6:5 。应该最少使用两个三角形。通过性由三角形的密度指示。为了能够显示石块尺寸显著不同的石块地之间的区别，允许将三角形放大 20% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>石块地，大的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示石块尺寸显著不同的石块地之间的区别，允许将三角形放大 20% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The symbol is an equilateral triangle orientated to the north. To be able to show the distinction between boulder clusters with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 25% (1.0 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>小的清晰的一组石块特别密集地聚在一起，使它们不能各自标记。符号是指向北的等边三角形。为了能够显示尺寸明显不同的石群之间的差别，允许将此符号放大 25% （ 1mm ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation>大的石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder clusters with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 25% (1.0 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示尺寸明显不同的石群之间的差别，允许将此符号放大 25% （ 1mm ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which affects going should be shown on the map. The dots should be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>影响行进的碎石或岩石地面应显示在地图上。这些点应根据岩石的数量以一定密度随机分布。至少应使用三个点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>碎石地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which affects going should be shown on the map. The dots should be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>影响行进的碎石或岩石地面应显示在地图上。这些点应根据岩石的数量以一定密度随机分布。至少应使用三个点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>开阔沙地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of soft sandy ground or gravel with no vegetation and where running is slow. Where an area of sandy ground is open but running is good, it is shown as open land (401/402).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>沙质较软的地面或碎石区，无植被，行驶缓慢。沙质土地开阔但行驶良好的地方显示为开阔土地（401/402）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>裸岩地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock without earth or vegetation is shown as bare rock. An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation is shown as open land (401/402).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>没有土壤或植被的可跑岩石区域显示为裸岩。覆盖着草、苔藓或其他低矮植被的岩石区域显示为开阔土地（401/402）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation>湖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>湖-岸线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>黑色的水岸线强调了这个符号特征是不可通行的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake, with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>湖-有岸线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pond</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation>池塘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>水坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>太小而不能成比例显示的注水的土坑或有水的区域。位置在符号的中心处，指向北。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>可涉水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse, minimum 2 m wide. The width of watercourses over 5 m wide should be shown to scale.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>可穿越的河流，最小宽度为2 m。宽度超过5 m的河流应按比例显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable small watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>可穿越的小河流</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse (including a major drainage ditch) less than 2 m wide. For better legibility a ditch in a marsh should be drawn as a crossable watercourse (305).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>宽度小于2 m的可穿越河流（包括主排水沟）。为了更好的可读性，应在沼泽中画为一条沟渠作为可越过的河流（305）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor water channel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>小水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>天然或人造的次要水道，可能仅间歇性地有水。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>小水沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow to be shown with symbol 310 (less than ca. 5 m wide).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>太窄（小于大约 5m 宽）而无法用符号 310 显示的有水的湿地或溪流。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>不可通行的沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.1</comment>
        <translation>不可通行沼泽-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.2</comment>
        <translation>不可逾越的沼泽-有边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge. The symbol should be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness. Where a small marsh area should be combined with either 403/404 it is permitted to use 401/402 to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>可穿越的沼泽，通常具有明显的边缘。该符号应与植被符号结合使用以显示可跑性和开放性。如果小沼泽地应与403/404结合使用，则可以使用401/402来提高清晰度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct or seasonal marsh or area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground. The symbol should be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>明显的或季节性的沼泽或从沼泽逐渐变成硬地的区域，是可通过的。边沿通常清晰，并且植被与周围环境相似。这个符号应该与植被符号结合，来显示可跑性和开阔程度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311.1</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>井</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wells and captive springs, which are clearly visible on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>在地面上清晰可见的井和不流动的泉。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>泉</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The source of a stream with a distinct outflow. The symbol is orientated to open downstream.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>具有明显出口的溪流的源头。符号指向开放的下游。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation>特殊水体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A special small water feature. The definition of the symbol must always be given in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation>一种特殊的小水体。必须在地图图例中给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, fields, meadows, grassland, etc. without trees, offering easy running. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>耕地、田野、草地、草原等，没有树木，可跑性好。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>稀树空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Meadows with scattered trees or bushes, with grass or similar ground cover offering easy running. Areas smaller than 10 mm at the maps scale are shown as open land (401). Individual trees may be added (418, 419, 420). If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>草地上有零散的树木或灌木丛，草地或类似的植被提供了良好的可跑性。地图比例尺上小于10毫米的区域显示为开阔土地（401）。可以添加单个树（418、419、420）。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>凌乱空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass. Symbol 403 may be combined with symbols 407 and 409 to show reduced runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>杂草地、伐木场、新栽植的区域（树木约1 m以下）或其他通常空旷的土地，地面植被茂密，石楠或高草丛生。符号403可以与符号407和409结合以显示降低的可跑性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>稀树凌乱空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where there are scattered trees in rough open land, areas of white (or green) should appear in the tone. Such an area may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large white dots in the yellow screen. Areas smaller than 16 mm in the maps scale are shown as rough open land (403). Individual trees may be added (418, 419, 420).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>凌乱开阔土地上零星树木，白色（或绿色）点应出现在其中。可以通过在黄色屏幕中使用大白点的规则图案来概括此类区域。地图比例尺中小于16毫米的区域显示为粗糙的开阔土地（403）。可以添加单个树（418、419、420）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>灌木丛：可缓慢通过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 60-80% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>密集但视野良好的灌木层，（黑莓树、帚石楠、矮树，以及包括伐倒的树枝），降低跑步速度约为正常速度的 60 ~ 80% 。这个符号可以不与符号 406 或 408 组合。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>森林：奔跑困难</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduce running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>密集的树或灌木区域（视野不好），降低奔跑速度约为正常速度的 20 ~ 60% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>灌木丛：难以奔跑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>密集但视野良好的灌木丛，（黑莓树、帚石楠、矮树，以及包括伐倒的树枝），降低跑步速度约为正常速度的 20 ~ 60% 。这个符号可以不与符号 406 或 408 组合。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: very difficult to run, impassable</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>植被：难以奔跑，不可通过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to ca. 0-20% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>植被密集（树或灌木）几乎不能通过的区域。奔跑速度降低到正常速度的大约 0 - 20% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: very difficult to run, impassable, line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>植被：非常难以奔跑，不可通过，线条</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line of minimum width for symbol 410.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>符号410线条的最小宽度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 1</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation>在一个方向上可奔跑的树林，1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 2</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>在一个方向上可奔跑的树林，2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 3</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>在一个方向上可奔跑的树林，3</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>果园(空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with fruit trees or bushes. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>用果树或灌木种植的土地。点阵的方向可以表示种植方向。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The green lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>绿线的方向可以指示种植方向。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>明显耕地边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The boundary of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.) is shown with a black line. A permanent boundary between different types of cultivated land is also shown with this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>耕种地的边界，当不以其它符号（围栏、墙、小路等）显示时，则用黑色线条显示。不同类型耕种地的永久边界，以这个符号显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>耕地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land which is seasonally out-of-bounds due to growing crops may be shown with a black dot screen.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>耕种地，由于种庄稼而季节性地超出边界，可以用覆盖的黑点显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>明显植被边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or very distinct vegetation boundary within the forest.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>清晰的树林边沿或树林内非常清晰的植被边界。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>符号418、419和420可用于特殊的小植被特征。必须在地图图例中分别给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>符号418、419和420可用于特殊的小植被特征。必须在地图图例中分别给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation>符号418、419和420可用于特殊的小植被特征。必须在地图图例中分别给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Motorway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.0</comment>
        <translation>高速公路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road with two carriageways. The width of the symbol should be drawn to scale but not smaller than the minimum width. The outer boundary lines may be replaced with symbols 519, 521, 522 or 524 if a fence or wall is so close to the motorway edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.0</comment>
        <translation>有两条车道的道路。符号的宽度应按比例绘制，但不得小于最小宽度。如果围墙或围墙非常靠近高速公路边缘，以致于实际上无法显示为单独的符号，则可以用符号519、521、522或524代替外边界线。黑线之间的空间必须填充为棕色（50％）。正在施工的道路可能会以虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Motorway, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation>机动车道，正在施工</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation>正在施工的道路可以用虚线来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>主要道路-最小宽度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road wider than 5m. The width of the symbol should be drawn to scale but not smaller than the minimum width. The outer boundary lines may be replaced with symbols 519, 521, 522 or 524 if a fence or wall is so close to the motorway edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>道路宽于5m。符号的宽度应按比例绘制，但不得小于最小宽度。如果围墙或围墙非常靠近高速公路边缘，以致于实际上无法显示为单独的符号，则可以用符号519、521、522或524代替外边界线。黑线之间的空间必须填充为棕色（50％）。正在施工的道路可能会以虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major road, minimum width, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>主干道，最小宽度，正在施工</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>正在施工的道路可以用虚线来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road 3-5 m wide. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>道路3-5 m宽。黑线之间的空间必须填充为棕色（50％）。正在施工的道路可能会以虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor road, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503.1</comment>
        <translation>次要道路，正在施工</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503.1</comment>
        <translation>正在施工的道路可以用虚线来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>公路(＜5m)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 3 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>保养良好的道路，在各种天气情况下都适于机动车行驶。宽度小于 3 m 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>车径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly. Width less than 3 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>土路或保养不好的道路，只适用于机动车缓慢行驶。宽度小于 3 m 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>人行径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A large path, or old vehicle track, which is distinct on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>大的路径，或老的机动车道，在地面上非常明显。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small path or (temporary) forest extraction track which can be followed at competition speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>小路，或树林中（临时）开辟的路径，能够以竞赛速度沿路奔跑。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>不明显小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A less distinct small path or forestry extraction track.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>较不明显的小路或林中开辟的路径。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>窄林道或可通过地表的线迹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct ride, less than ca. 5 m wide. A ride is a linear break in the forest (usually plantation) which does not have a distinct path along it. Where there is a path along a ride, symbols 507 or 508 should be used in place of symbol 509.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>明显的骑马路，宽度小于大约5 m 。骑马路是树林中的线形空隙，沿着它没有明显的道路。当沿着骑马路有条小路时，应该使用符号 507 或 508 代替符号 509。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>小人行桥</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A footbridge with no path leading to it.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>步行桥，没有小路引向它。
注意：如果溪流的宽度大于 0.25 mm ，调整这个符号使它在溪流两侧都延长 0.5 mm ！</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>铁路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track (tramway, truckway, etc.).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>铁路或其他类型的有轨轨道（电车道、卡车道等）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars indicate the exact location of the pylons.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>输电线、索道或滑雪缆车。节点指示了塔的确切位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>主输电线应画成双线。线之间的间隙可以表示电力线的范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>隧道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc. which may be used by the runner. This symbol is used whether or not the tunnel has a track leading to it.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>参赛者可以在公路、铁路等下方行驶的道路。无论隧道是否有通向它的路径，都会使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation>隧道-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc. which may be used by the runner. This symbol is used whether or not the tunnel has a track leading to it.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation>参赛者可以在公路、铁路等下方行驶的道路。无论隧道是否有通向它的路径，都会使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>石墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stone wall or stone-faced bank.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>石墙或表面石砌的岸。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>毁坏的石墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined stone wall may be shown by a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>毁坏的石墙可以用虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A wooden or wire fence less than ca. 1.5 m high.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>木制围栏或绳制围栏，小于大约1.5 m 高。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>残破围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined fence may be shown with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>毁坏的围栏可以用虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>高围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boarded or wire fence higher than ca 1.5 m, not crossable to the average orienteer, eg. deer fence.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>大于约1.5 m的木板或铁丝网，一般参赛者无法翻越，例如鹿围栏。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>不可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>在比例尺允许的范围内显示建筑物的平面图。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.1</comment>
        <translation>建筑物最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Settlement</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>禁区</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Houses and gardens and other built up areas. Roads, buildings and other significant features within a settlement must be shown. If all buildings cannot be shown, an alternative symbol (black line screen) may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>房屋和花园等建筑区。必须显示居民点内的道路，建筑物和其他重要特征。如果无法显示所有建筑物，则可以使用其他符号（黑线网屏）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Settlement</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527.1</comment>
        <translation>禁区</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Houses and gardens and other built up areas. Roads, buildings and other significant features within a settlement must be shown. If all buildings cannot be shown, an alternative symbol (black line screen) may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527.1</comment>
        <translation>房屋和花园等建筑区。必须显示居民点内的道路，建筑物和其他重要特征。如果无法显示所有建筑物，则可以使用其他符号（黑线网屏）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Permanently out of bounds</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>永久出界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas which are permanently forbidden to the runner are shown as out of bounds. The screen is superimposed on the normal map detail. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary (see 709).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>永久性禁止选手进入的区域，显示为出界。覆盖在一般地图的细节上。如果没有自然边界，可以绘制出边界线（请见 709 ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Permanently out of bounds, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation>永久出界，边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary (see 709).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation>如果没有自然边界，可以绘制出边界线（请见 709 ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of hard standing used for parking or other purposes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>硬质地面用于停车场或其他目的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.1</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.2</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>废墟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size shown opposite. Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>废墟的地面图以比例显示，减小到相对显示的最小尺寸。非常小的废墟可以用实线绘制。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, no dashes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.1</comment>
        <translation>废墟，无虚线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530.1</comment>
        <translation>非常小的废墟可以用实线绘制。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation>废墟最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation>非常小的废墟可以用实线绘制。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Firing range</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>射击场</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A firing range is shown with a special symbol to indicate the need for caution. Associated buildings are individually marked.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>射击场显示为特殊符号，表示需要小心。关联的建筑物分别标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Grave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation>坟墓</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct grave marked by a stone or shrine. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north. A cemetery is shown by using grave symbols as space permits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation>以石头或神龛为标志的明显坟墓，位置在符号的重心处，重心向北。在空间允许的情况下，使用坟墓符号来显示墓地。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation>可穿过的管道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level which can be crossed over or under.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation>管道（输气、水、油等），在地面之上，可以从上面或下面穿过。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 534</comment>
        <translation>不可穿越管道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation>高塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon, standing above the level of the surrounding forest. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation>高塔或大型电缆塔，高于周围森林的高度而矗立，位置在符号的重心处。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation>小塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious shooting platform or seat, or small tower. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation>明显的射击平台或座位、小塔。位置在符号的重心处。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>石标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial stone or boundary stone (or a trigonometric point in some countries) more than 0.5 m high.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>石标，记号石块或边界石块（或是一些国家的三角点），高度大于 0.5 m 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation>饲料架</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack which is free standing or built on to a tree. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol. For land access reasons these may be omitted.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation>饲料架独立树立或建在树上。位置在符号的重心处。因为是可以接近的地方，所以这些应该省略。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征以这些符号显示。每种情况必须在图例中给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征以这些符号显示。每种情况必须在图例中给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing on the map should be 33.33 mm which represents 500 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. For maps with other scales lines placing should be at intervals which represents a round number of meters (e.g. 50 m, 100 m, 250 m, 500 m) and the spacing should be between 20 mm and 40 mm on the map. North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向磁北极的线。它们在地图上的间隔应该为 33.33 mm ，在比例尺为 1:15 000 时代表地面上的 500 m 。对于其他比例的地图，磁北线应该以整数米的间隔放置（例如， 50 m 、 100 m 、 250 m 、 500 m ），并且地图上的间隔应该在 20 mm 到 40 mm 之间。在可能使小的地形模糊时，如巨石、土丘、悬崖、溪流交汇点、小路尽头等，磁北线可以断开。在水的特征非常少的区域，可以使用蓝色线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线(面状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing on the map should be 33.33 mm which represents 500 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. For maps with other scales lines placing should be at intervals which represents a round number of meters (e.g. 50 m, 100 m, 250 m, 500 m) and the spacing should be between 20 mm and 40 mm on the map. North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向磁北极的线。它们在地图上的间隔应该为 33.33 mm ，在比例尺为 1:15 000 时代表地面上的 500 m 。对于其他比例的地图，磁北线应该以整数米的间隔放置（例如， 50 m 、 100 m 、 250 m 、 500 m ），并且地图上的间隔应该在 20 mm 到 40 mm 之间。在可能使小的地形模糊时，如巨石、土丘、悬崖、溪流交汇点、小路尽头等，磁北线可以断开。在水的特征非常少的区域，可以使用蓝色线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>套版线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At least three registration marks must be placed within the frame of a map in a non-symmetrical position. In addition, a colour check should also be possible.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>必须在地图框内必须将至少三个套版线放置在非对称的位置。此外，应该能够进行颜色检查。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>高程点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>高程用于粗略估计高差。高度数值四舍五入到米。图像指向北。给出水平不使用点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>高程注记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>高程用于粗略估计高差。高度数值四舍五入到米。图像指向北。给出水平不使用点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点或发图点（如果不是起点）由指向第一个控件方向的等边三角形显示。三角形的中心表示起点的精确位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>检查点以圆圈显示。圆的中心显示了特征的精确位置。圆圈部分应省略以保留重要的细节。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点的代码放置在靠近检查点圆的位置，这样就不会遮住重要的细节。这些数字指向北方。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>在按顺序到访检查点的地方，开始、检查点和终点用直线连接在一起。和重要细节重合的部分应剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>必经路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>地图上用虚线标出路线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点是用两个同心圆表示的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>不可通过的边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>不允许跨越的边界。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>在地图上画出穿过或越过墙或栅栏、穿过公路或铁路、穿过隧道或越界区的通过点，两条线向外弯曲。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area, see also symbol 528, is shown with vertical stripes.
A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
- a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground,
- a dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground,
- no line indicates no marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>用垂直条纹示出了禁区，也参见符号528。
如果没有以下自然边界，则可以绘制边界线：
- 实线表示实地中连续的标记边界（彩带等）；
- 虚线表示实地中的间断性标记；
- 没有线表示实地中没有标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域，实线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>实线表示在禁区的边界地形上有连续标记（警戒带等）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域 ，虚线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>虚线表示在禁区的边界地形上有不连续的标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>危险区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area presenting danger to the competitor is shown with cross-hatched diagonal lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>一个对参赛者有危险的区域用交叉阴影斜线表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>禁止路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds is shown with crosses.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行的路线用交叉表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>饮水站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>不在检查点上的饮水站位置标注。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>简单的线路设计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>此符号提供了一种简单而快速的方法来进行设计培训路线。

紫色线将延伸到终点符号中。这是这种简单方法的缺点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrienteering图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrientering图标。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISSprOM 2019</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>黑色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for railway</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>铁路符号的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>轨道符号的紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>紫色50％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>棕色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>黑色60％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>黑色50％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>黑色 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over light brown</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>白色-浅棕色相间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>下层棕色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower brown 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>浅棕色的30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below lower light brown</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>浅棕色下黑底</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>蓝色30％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrienteering蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over green</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>绿色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%/Yellow 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>绿色50％/黄色100％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 30% for bare rock</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation>裸岩的黑30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 25</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for undergrowth</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>低矮植被的绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 28</comment>
        <translation>黄色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for open land</source>
        <comment>Color 29</comment>
        <translation>空旷地的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 30</comment>
        <translation>黄色100％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 31</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>首曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height.
The standard vertical interval between contours is 2 or 2.5 m. To emphasize the 3-dimensional effect of the contour line image, contour lines shall be represented as continuous lines through all symbols, also Building (521) and Canopy (522).
Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
However, contour lines shall be cut out for better legibility, if they touch the following symbols: Small earth wall (105), Small knoll (109), Small elongated knoll (110), Small depression (111), Pit or hole (112), Prominent landform feature (115), Stairway (532). The relative height difference between neighbouring features must be represented on the map as accurately as possible. Absolute height accuracy is of less importance. It is permissible to alter the height of a contour slightly if this will improve the representation of a feature. This deviation should not exceed 25% of the contour interval and attention must be paid to neighbouring features. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.4 mm from centre to centre of the line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>高度相等的点的连线。
轮等高线之间的标准垂直间隔为 2 或2.5m。为了强调等高线图像的三维效果，等高线应表示为贯穿所有符号的连续线条，包括建筑物（521）和雨棚（522）。
可以在等高线的下侧绘制示坡线，以明确坡度的方向。使用时，应将其放在可以再次进入的位置。
但是，为了更好的易读性当等高线穿过到以下符号时应该被剪断：小土墙（105）、小土丘（109）、细长土丘（110）、小洼地（111）、坑或洞（112）、突出的地形特征（115）、楼梯（532）。相邻特征物之间的相对高度差必须尽可能准确地表示在地图上。绝对高度精度不那么重要。为了改善特征物的表示，则允许稍微更改等高线的高度，该偏差不应超过等高线间隔的 25%，并且必须注意相邻的特征物。弯曲处从弯曲中心到线中心的最小弯曲为 0.4mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>可以在等高线的下侧绘制示坡线，以明确坡度的方向。使用时，应将其放在可以再次进入的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface. Where an index contour coincides with an area of much detail, it may be shown with symbol Contour (101).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>每五个等高线应画一条较粗的线，这有助于快速评估高度差和地形表面的整体形状。如果计曲线与许多细节区域重合， 则可以用符号首曲线（101）表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>计曲线-示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>可以在等高线的下侧绘制示坡线，以明确坡度的方向。使用时，应将其放在可以再次进入的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.2</comment>
        <translation>等高线注记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. The labels shall be orientated so that the top of the label is on the higher side of the contour. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.2</comment>
        <translation>等高线注记可以帮助评估较大的高度差。等高线注记的方向应使等高注记顶部位于等高线的较高一侧。它们将插入计曲线中其他细节不被遮挡的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>间曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An intermediate contour line. Form lines are used where more information can be given about the shape of the ground. They are used only where representation is not possible with ordinary contours. Only one form line may be used between neighbouring contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>是一条中间等高线。在可以提供更多关于地面形状的信息的地方，可以使用间曲线。它仅在首曲线无法表示的情况下使用，相邻首曲线之间只能使用一条间曲线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>间曲线-示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>可以在等高线的下侧绘制示坡线，以明确坡度的方向。使用时，应将其放在可以再次进入的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>土崖-低的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, roads and railway cuttings or embankments.
The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks shall be drawn with the symbol Impassable cliff (201). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.37 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>陡峭的土崖是指地面水平的突然改变，可以明显地与周围环境区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑、道路和铁路路堑或路堤。
锯齿线应显示斜坡的整个范围，但如果两个土崖紧密相连时， 则可以省略。不可通行的土崖应标上不可通行悬崖（201）的符号。非常高的土崖的线宽度可以为 0.37mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖-高的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, roads and railway cuttings or embankments.
The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks shall be drawn with the symbol Impassable cliff (201). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.37 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation>陡峭的土崖是指地面水平的突然改变，可以明显地与周围环境区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑、道路和铁路路堑或路堤。
锯齿线应显示斜坡的整个范围，但如果两个土崖紧密相连时， 则可以省略。不可通行的土崖应标上不可通行悬崖（201）的符号。非常高的土崖的线宽度可以为 0.37mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation>齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation>锯齿线应显示斜坡的整个范围，但如果两个土崖紧密相连时， 则可以省略。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>小土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct earth wall, usually man-made.
Larger earth walls should be represented with the symbols Contour (101), Form line (103) or Earth bank (104).
Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Minimum length: 1.4 mm (footprint 5,6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>一种很小的独特的土墙，通常是人造的。
较大的土墙应以符号首曲线（101）、间曲线（103）或土崖（104）表示。
最小高度：0.5m。
最小长度：1.4mm（实地 5.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully or trench</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>冲沟/堑壕</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully or trench which is too small to be represented with the symbol Earth bank (104), Contour (101), Index contour (102) or Form line (103) is represented by a single line. The end of the line is pointed. Contour lines may be broken around this symbol for better readability.
Minimum depth: 1 m.
Minimum length: 2.0 mm (footprint 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>冲沟或堑壕太小，而不能用符号土崖（104）、首曲线（101）、计曲线（102）或间曲线（103）表示，只能用一条线表示，这条线的末端是尖的。为了提高可读性，此符号周围的等高线应该被剪断。
最小深度：1m。
最小长度：2.0mm（实地 8m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>小冲沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully or trench.
Contour lines should be broken around this symbol.
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Minimum length (isolated): three dots (1.6 mm - footprint 6.4 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>一个小的冲沟或堑壕。
等高线应该在这个符号周围被剪断。
最小深度：0.5m。
最小长度（单独的）：三个点（1.6mm-实地 6.4m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>小土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious mound or rocky knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a Contour (101), Index contour (102) or Form line (103). The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 3 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>不能用首曲线（101）、计曲线（102）或间曲线（103）按比例绘制的一个明显的小土堆或岩石丘。该符号不得接触或重叠等高线。
最小高度：0.5m。
实地：直径 3m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>狭长土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a Contour (101), Index contour (102) or Form line (103). The maximum length should be 6 m and the maximum width 2 m. Knolls larger than this shall be shown by contours. The symbol shall not be drawn in free form or such that two elongated knoll symbols touch or overlap. The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 2.4 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>一个明显的细长的小山丘，不能用首曲线（101）、计曲线（102）或间曲线（103）按比例绘制。最大长度为 6m，最大宽度为 2m，大于此值的小丘应以等高线（101）表示。该符号不能以自由形式绘制，也不能使两个该符号接触或重叠，该符号不不能接触或重叠等高线。
最小高度：0.5m。
实地面积：4.8m x 2.4m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation>小凹地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small shallow natural depression or hollow which cannot be represented by the symbol Contour (101) or Form line (103) is represented by a semicircle. The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols.
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Minimum width: 1 m.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 2.4 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation>一个不能用符号首曲线（101）或间曲线（103）表示的小的浅的自然凹地或坑洼处用半圆表示。该符号不得接触或重叠其他棕色符号。该符号朝向北方。
最小深度：0.5m。
最小宽度：1m。
实地面积：4.8m x 2.4m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit or hole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>土坑/洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pit or hole with distinct steep sides which cannot be represented to scale with the symbol Earth bank (104).
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Minimum width: 1 m.
Footprint: 4.4 m x 5.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>具有明显陡边的土坑或洞，不能用符号土崖（104）来表示。该符号朝向北方。
最小深度：0.5m。
最小宽度：1m。
实地面积：4.4m x 5.0m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>坑洼地面-稀疏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls, which is too complex to be represented in detail.
The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground. The dots shall not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. Contours shall not be cut in broken ground areas. Dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.
The minimum number of dots is three.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>许多土坑或小丘的一个区域，太复杂，无法详细描述。
随机放置的点的密度可以根据地面上的细节而变化。点不能干扰重要地形特征或物体的表示。不能在破碎地面区域剪断等高线。点的排列不能形成单点宽线。
点的最小数量为三个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, single dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation>单点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls, which is too complex to be represented in detail.
The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground. The dots shall not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. Contours shall not be cut in broken ground areas. Dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.
The minimum number of dots is three.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation>许多土坑或小丘的一个区域，太复杂，无法详细描述。
随机放置的点的密度可以根据地面上的细节而变化。点不能干扰重要地形特征或物体的表示。不能在破碎地面区域剪断等高线。点的排列不能形成单点宽线。
点的最小数量为三个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, dense</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113.2</comment>
        <translation>坑洼地面-稠密</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls, which is too complex to be represented in detail.
The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground. The dots shall not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. Contours shall not be cut in broken ground areas. Dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.
The minimum number of dots is three.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113.2</comment>
        <translation>许多土坑或小丘的一个区域，太复杂，无法详细描述。
随机放置的点的密度可以根据地面上的细节而变化。点不能干扰重要地形特征或物体的表示。不能在破碎地面区域剪断等高线。点的排列不能形成单点宽线。
点的最小数量为三个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, single dot, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113.6</comment>
        <translation>大的单点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls, which is too complex to be represented in detail.
The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground. The dots shall not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. Contours shall not be cut in broken ground areas. Dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.
The minimum number of dots is three.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113.6</comment>
        <translation>许多土坑或小丘的一个区域，太复杂，无法详细描述。
随机放置的点的密度可以根据地面上的细节而变化。点不能干扰重要地形特征或物体的表示。不能在破碎地面区域剪断等高线。点的排列不能形成单点宽线。
点的最小数量为三个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent landform feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>突出地貌</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small landform feature which is significant or prominent.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contour lines or other brown symbols.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 5.4 m x 4.6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>显著或突出的小地形特征。该符号应朝向北方。
该符号不得接触或重叠等高线或其他棕色符号。
符号的定义必须在地图上给出。
实地面积：5.4m x 4.6m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的悬崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see symbol Earth bank 104).
Tags are drawn downwards, showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.4 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines. An impassable cliff shall not be passed.
Minimum height: 1.5 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>无法翻越的悬崖、采石场或土崖（见符号“土崖 104”）。
锯齿线向下绘制，显示从顶线到脚的整个范围。对于垂直岩石面，如果空间较短，例如悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道宽度应至少为 0.4 mm），则可省略锯齿线。这些锯齿线可以延伸到一个区域符号上，该区域符号表示岩石面正下方的细节。当岩石面直接深入水中，无法沿着水边从悬崖下翻越时，应省略河岸线，或者锯齿线应清楚地延伸到河岸线上方。不可翻越的悬崖应该与等高线相交。不可翻越的悬崖禁止通行。
最小高度：1.5m。
最小长度：0.9mm（实地面积 3.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的悬崖，最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see symbol Earth bank 104).
Tags are drawn downwards, showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.4 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines. An impassable cliff shall not be passed.
Minimum height: 1.5 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>无法翻越的悬崖、采石场或土崖（见符号“土崖 104”）。
锯齿线向下绘制，显示从顶线到脚的整个范围。对于垂直岩石面，如果空间较短，例如悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道宽度应至少为 0.4 mm），则可省略锯齿线。这些锯齿线可以延伸到一个区域符号上，该区域符号表示岩石面正下方的细节。当岩石面直接深入水中，无法沿着水边从悬崖下翻越时，应省略河岸线，或者锯齿线应清楚地延伸到河岸线上方。不可翻越的悬崖应该与等高线相交。不可翻越的悬崖禁止通行。
最小高度：1.5m。
最小长度：0.9mm（实地面积 3.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的悬崖，主线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see symbol Earth bank 104).
Tags are drawn downwards, showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.4 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines. An impassable cliff shall not be passed.
Minimum height: 1.5 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>无法翻越的悬崖、采石场或土崖（见符号“土崖 104”）。
锯齿线向下绘制，显示从顶线到脚的整个范围。对于垂直岩石面，如果空间较短，例如悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道宽度应至少为 0.4 mm），则可省略锯齿线。这些锯齿线可以延伸到一个区域符号上，该区域符号表示岩石面正下方的细节。当岩石面直接深入水中，无法沿着水边从悬崖下翻越时，应省略河岸线，或者锯齿线应清楚地延伸到河岸线上方。不可翻越的悬崖应该与等高线相交。不可翻越的悬崖禁止通行。
最小高度：1.5m。
最小长度：0.9mm（实地面积 3.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的悬崖，齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tags are drawn downwards, showing a cliff&apos;s full extent from the top line to the foot. The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>锯齿线向下绘制，显示从顶线到脚的整个范围。这些锯齿线可以延伸到一个区域符号上，该区域符号表示岩石面正下方的细节。当岩石面直接深入水中，无法沿着水边从悬崖下翻越时，应省略河岸线，或者锯齿线应清楚地延伸到河岸线上方。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, no tags, minimum size (from ISSOM)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.8</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的悬崖，无齿线，最小尺寸（来自ISSOM）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see symbol Earth bank 104).
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.4 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.8</comment>
        <translation>无法翻越的悬崖、采石场或土崖（见符号“土崖 104”）。
对于垂直岩石面，如果空间较短，例如悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道宽度应至少为 0.4 mm）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size (from ISSOM)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的悬崖，最小尺寸（来自ISSOM）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see symbol Earth bank 104).
Tags are drawn downwards, showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.4 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines. An impassable cliff shall not be passed.
Minimum height: 1.5 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation>无法翻越的悬崖、采石场或土崖（见符号“土崖 104”）。
锯齿线向下绘制，显示从顶线到脚的整个范围。对于垂直岩石面，如果空间较短，例如悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道宽度应至少为 0.4 mm），则可省略锯齿线。这些锯齿线可以延伸到一个区域符号上，该区域符号表示岩石面正下方的细节。当岩石面直接深入水中，无法沿着水边从悬崖下翻越时，应省略河岸线，或者锯齿线应清楚地延伸到河岸线上方。不可翻越的悬崖应该与等高线相交。不可翻越的悬崖禁止通行。
最小高度：1.5m。
最小长度：0.9mm（实地面积 3.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, small (rounded ends, no tags)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-小（圆端，无齿线）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry.
A small vertical rock face may be shown without tags if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line must be rounded to improve legibility.
Minimum height: 0.6 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>可通行的悬崖或采石场。
一个小的垂直岩石面可以显示没有锯齿线。如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。对于非垂直悬崖，锯齿线应显示整个水平范围。对于可通行的岩石面如图所示，不带锯齿线，则线条的末端必须为圆形，以提高易读性。
最小高度：0.6m。
最小长度：0.9mm（实地面积 3.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry.
A small vertical rock face may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line must be rounded to improve legibility.
Minimum height: 0.6 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation>可通行的悬崖或采石场。
一个小的垂直岩石面可以显示没有锯齿线。如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。对于非垂直悬崖，锯齿线应显示整个水平范围。对于可通行的岩石面如图所示，不带锯齿线，则线条的末端必须为圆形，以提高易读性。
最小高度：0.6m。
最小长度：0.9mm（实地面积 3.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry.
A small vertical rock face may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line must be rounded to improve legibility.
Minimum height: 0.6 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation>可通行的悬崖或采石场。
一个小的垂直岩石面可以显示没有锯齿线。如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。对于非垂直悬崖，锯齿线应显示整个水平范围。对于可通行的岩石面如图所示，不带锯齿线，则线条的末端必须为圆形，以提高易读性。
最小高度：0.6m。
最小长度：0.9mm（实地面积 3.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, top line (flat ends)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-主线（平端）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry.
Short tags must be drawn in the direction of the fall. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent.
Minimum height: 0.6 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation>可通行的悬崖或采石场。
应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。对于非垂直悬崖，锯齿线应显示整个水平范围。
最小高度：0.6m。
最小长度：0.9mm（实地面积 3.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.4</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.4</comment>
        <translation>如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。对于非垂直悬崖，锯齿线应显示整个水平范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, small (rounded ends, no tags; minimum size, from ISSOM)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.8</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-小（圆端，无齿线；最小尺寸，来自ISSOM）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.8</comment>
        <translation>如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size (from ISSOM)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-最小尺寸（来自ISSOM）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry.
A small vertical rock face may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line must be rounded to improve legibility.
Minimum height: 0.6 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation>可通行的悬崖或采石场。
一个小的垂直岩石面可以显示没有锯齿线。如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。对于非垂直悬崖，锯齿线应显示整个水平范围。对于可通行的岩石面如图所示，不带锯齿线，则线条的末端必须为圆形，以提高易读性。
最小高度：0.6m。
最小长度：0.9mm（实地面积 3.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave (without a distinct entrance)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>岩石坑（无明显入口）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A rocky pit, hole, cave (without a distinct entrance) or mineshaft which may constitute a danger to the competitor.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol.
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 4.4 m x 5.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>可能对参赛选手构成危险的岩石坑、洞穴、山洞或矿井。
位置是符号的重心。
最小深度：0.5m。
实地面积：4.4m x 5.0m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave (with a distinct entrance)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>山洞（有明显的入口）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave with distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol should point into the cave.
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 4.4 m x 5.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>可能对参赛选手构成危险的岩石坑、洞穴、山洞或矿井。
位置是符号的重心，开口应指向洞穴。
最小深度：0.5m。
实地面积：4.4m x 5.0m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave (with a distinct entrance) (from ISSOM)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation>山洞（具有明显的入口）（来自ISSOM）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave with distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol should point into the cave.
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 4.4 m x 5.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation>可能对参赛选手构成危险的岩石坑、洞穴、山洞或矿井。
位置是符号的重心，开口应指向洞穴。
最小深度：0.5m。
实地面积：4.4m x 5.0m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>石块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct boulder.
Every boulder marked on the map shall be immediately identifiable on the ground.
Footprint: 2.4 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>204一块突出的小圆石。
地图上标记的每一块石头能立即在地面上辨认出来。
实地面积：直径 2.4m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder.
Footprint: 3.6 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>一块单独的大而明显的巨石。
实地面积：直径 3.6m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder or rock pillar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>巨石/石柱</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gigantic boulder, rock pillar or massive cliff shall be represented in plan shape. The objects can vary in shape and width.
The gap between gigantic boulders or between gigantic boulders and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.15 mm on the map.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm.
Minimum area: 0.75 mm2 (footprint 12 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>巨石、石柱、大悬崖等应以平面形式表现。对应特征物的形状和宽度可以不同。
地图上巨石之间或巨石与其他无法通行的特征物符号之间的间隙必须超过 0.15mm。
最小宽度：0.3mm。
最小面积：0.75mm²（实地面积 12m²）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually.
The boulders in the cluster should be higher than 0.5 m. A boulder cluster must be easily identifiable as a group of boulders. To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 8 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (edge length 1.44 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 4.0 m</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>一群单独的巨石，紧密地聚集在一起，不能单独标记。
石群 中的石头应高于 0.5m。石群必须易于识别为一群石头。为了能够显示相邻（最大间距为 8m）石群之间的区别，石头大小有显著差异的石群，允许将该符号放大20（% 边缘长度1.44mm），用于某些石群。
实地面积：4.8m x 4.0m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation>大石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually.
The boulders in the cluster should be higher than 0.5 m. A boulder cluster must be easily identifiable as a group of boulders. To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 8 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (edge length 1.44 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 4.0 m</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation>一群单独的巨石，紧密地聚集在一起，不能单独标记。
石群 中的石头应高于 0.5m。石群必须易于识别为一群石头。为了能够显示相邻（最大间距为 8m）石群之间的区别，石头大小有显著差异的石群，允许将该符号放大20（% 边缘长度1.44mm），用于某些石群。
实地面积：4.8m x 4.0m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is represented with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. The runnability is reduced and is indicated by the density of the triangles.
A minimum of two triangles shall be used.
To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>用随机放置的钝角实心三角形表示一个区域，该区域由许多分散的石块覆盖，无法单独标记。可行进性降低，并由三角形的密度表示。
应至少使用两个三角形。
为了能够在巨石场中显示明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形扩大到 120%。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>石块地-单点（最少2个）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is represented with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. The runnability is reduced and is indicated by the density of the triangles.
A minimum of two triangles shall be used.
To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>用随机放置的钝角实心三角形表示一个区域，该区域由许多分散的石块覆盖，无法单独标记。可行进性降低，并由三角形的密度表示。
应至少使用两个三角形。
为了能够在巨石场中显示明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形扩大到 120%。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>大的石块地-单个三角形</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is represented with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. The runnability is reduced and is indicated by the density of the triangles.
A minimum of two triangles shall be used.
To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>用随机放置的钝角实心三角形表示一个区域，该区域由许多分散的石块覆盖，无法单独标记。可行进性降低，并由三角形的密度表示。
应至少使用两个三角形。
为了能够在巨石场中显示明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形扩大到 120%。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dense boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.5</comment>
        <translation>大的石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is represented with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. The runnability is reduced and is indicated by the density of the triangles.
A minimum of two triangles shall be used.
To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.5</comment>
        <translation>用随机放置的钝角实心三角形表示一个区域，该区域由许多分散的石块覆盖，无法单独标记。可行进性降低，并由三角形的密度表示。
应至少使用两个三角形。
为了能够在巨石场中显示明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形扩大到 120%。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>碎石地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability.
The dots shall be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. A minimum of three dots shall be used. To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots shall not be arranged to form a line.
Density: Minimum 3 dots.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>降低可行进性的多石或岩石地面。
点应根据岩石数量随密度随机分布，但不干扰重要地形特征或物体的表示。应至少使用三个点。为避免与符号不同的植被分界线（416）混淆，不应将点排列成一条线。
密度：至少 3 点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, single dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>碎石地-单点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability.
The dots shall be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. A minimum of three dots shall be used. To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots shall not be arranged to form a line.
Density: Minimum 3 dots.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>降低可行进性的多石或岩石地面。
点应根据岩石数量随密度随机分布，但不干扰重要地形特征或物体的表示。应至少使用三个点。为避免与符号不同的植被分界线（416）混淆，不应将点排列成一条线。
密度：至少 3 点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.2</comment>
        <translation>大的碎石地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability.
The dots shall be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. A minimum of three dots shall be used. To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots shall not be arranged to form a line.
Density: Minimum 3 dots.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.2</comment>
        <translation>降低可行进性的多石或岩石地面。
点应根据岩石数量随密度随机分布，但不干扰重要地形特征或物体的表示。应至少使用三个点。为避免与符号不同的植被分界线（416）混淆，不应将点排列成一条线。
密度：至少 3 点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, single dot, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.3</comment>
        <translation>大的碎石地-单点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability.
The dots shall be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. A minimum of three dots shall be used. To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots shall not be arranged to form a line.
Density: Minimum 3 dots.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.3</comment>
        <translation>降低可行进性的多石或岩石地面。
点应根据岩石数量随密度随机分布，但不干扰重要地形特征或物体的表示。应至少使用三个点。为避免与符号不同的植被分界线（416）混淆，不应将点排列成一条线。
密度：至少 3 点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation>开阔沙地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of sandy ground or soft gravel with no vegetation which reduces runnability.
Where an area of sandy ground is open and has good runnability, it is represented with symbol Open land (401), Open land with scattered trees (402) or Paved area (501).
Black dots shall not interfere with black objects.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation>无植被的沙地或软砾石区域，降低了可行进性。
如果一块沙地是开阔的，且具有良好的可行进性，则用符号“空旷地”（401）、“稀树空地”（402）或“铺装地面”（501）表示。
黑点不得干扰黑色物体。
最小宽度：0.3mm
最小面积：1mm²（实地面积 16m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation>裸岩地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of runnable rock without earth or vegetation.
An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation shall be represented according to its openness and runnability (401/402/403/404).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation>没有土壤或植被的可通行岩石区域。
根据岩石的开放性和可通行性（401/402/403/404），应表示覆盖有草、苔藓或其他低植被的岩石区域。
最小宽度：0.25mm
最小面积：1mm²（实地面积 16m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (full colour)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation>不可通行水域（有边界）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicate that the feature shall not be crossed.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation>湖泊、池塘、河流或喷泉等深水区。深蓝色和黑色边框表示该特征物不应交叉。
水的主要区域可以显示为70%的颜色。
最小宽度：0.3mm
最小面积（内部）：0.5mm²（实地面积 8m²）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (full colour), fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>不可通行水域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicate that the feature shall not be crossed.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>湖泊、池塘、河流或喷泉等深水区。深蓝色和黑色边框表示该特征物不应交叉。
水的主要区域可以显示为70%的颜色。
最小宽度：0.3mm
最小面积（内部）：0.5mm²（实地面积 8m²）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (dominant)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>不可通行水域（有边界）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicate that the feature shall not be crossed.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>湖泊、池塘、河流或喷泉等深水区。深蓝色和黑色边框表示该特征物不应交叉。
水的主要区域可以显示为70%的颜色。
最小宽度：0.3mm
最小面积（内部）：0.5mm²（实地面积 8m²）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (dominant), fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation>不可通行水域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicate that the feature shall not be crossed.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation>湖泊、池塘、河流或喷泉等深水区。深蓝色和黑色边框表示该特征物不应交叉。
水的主要区域可以显示为70%的颜色。
最小宽度：0.3mm
最小面积（内部）：0.5mm²（实地面积 8m²）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.6</comment>
        <translation>不可通行水域-岸线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The bordering black line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.6</comment>
        <translation>边界的黑线表示特征不能通过。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation>可通行水体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of shallow water such as a pond, river or fountain that can be crossed. The body of water should be less than 0.5 m deep and runnable.
If the body of water is not runnable it shall be represented with the symbol Uncrossable body of water (301). If no other line symbol touches the border of the passable body of water, the border shall be represented with a blue line.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation>可以穿过的浅水区，如池塘、河流或喷泉，水体深度应小于0.5 米，并能通行。
如果水体不能通行，则应以符号“不可通行水域”（301）表示。如果其他线条符号未接触可通行水域的边界，则边界应以蓝色线条表示。
最小宽度：0.3mm
最小面积（内部）：0.5mm²（实地面积 8m²）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water, fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation>可通行水体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of shallow water such as a pond, river or fountain that can be crossed. The body of water should be less than 0.5 m deep and runnable.
If the body of water is not runnable it shall be represented with the symbol Uncrossable body of water (301). If no other line symbol touches the border of the passable body of water, the border shall be represented with a blue line.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation>可以穿过的浅水区，如池塘、河流或喷泉，水体深度应小于0.5 米，并能通行。
如果水体不能通行，则应以符号“不可通行水域”（301）表示。如果其他线条符号未接触可通行水域的边界，则边界应以蓝色线条表示。
最小宽度：0.3mm
最小面积（内部）：0.5mm²（实地面积 8m²）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.6</comment>
        <translation>可通行水体-岸线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If no other line symbol touches the border of the passable body of water, the border shall be represented with a blue line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.6</comment>
        <translation>如果没有其他线符号触及可通过水域的边界，则该边界用蓝线表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>水坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol.
Footprint: 4.4 m x 5.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>一个充满水的坑或一块面积太小而不能按比例显示的水域。
位置是符号的重心。
实地面积：4.4m x 5.0m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Small crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation> 可通行水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse less than 2 m wide.
Minimum length: 1 mm (footprint 4 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>宽度小于 2 米的可穿越水道。
 最小长度：1mm（实地 4m）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Minor / seasonal watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation> 小型/季节性水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor watercourse which may contain water only intermittently.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4.11 mm - footprint 16.5 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>一条天然的或人造的小型水道，只能间歇地含水。
最小长度（隔离）：两个破折号（4.11mm – 实地面积 16.5m）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>不可通行沼泽（有边界）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or which may constitute a danger to the competitor. The feature shall not be crossed.
At least two blue lines shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>不可穿越的沼泽或对小动物构成危险的沼泽。特征物不得交叉。
至少有两条蓝线清晰可见。
最小宽度：2 行。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation>不可通行沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or which may constitute a danger to the competitor. The feature shall not be crossed.
At least two blue lines shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation>不可穿越的沼泽或对小动物构成危险的沼泽。特征物不得交叉。
至少有两条蓝线清晰可见。
最小宽度：2 行。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation>不可通行沼泽-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The bordering black line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation>边界的黑线表示特征不可通行。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.
At least two blue lines shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>一种可穿越的沼泽，通常有明显的边缘。
符号应与植被符号结合，以显示可运行性和开放性。
至少有两条蓝线清晰可见。
最小宽度：2 行。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation>沼泽-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.
At least two blue lines shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation>一种可穿越的沼泽，通常有明显的边缘。
符号应与植被符号结合，以显示可运行性和开放性。
至少有两条蓝线清晰可见。
最小宽度：2 行。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>狭窄沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow to be shown with symbol Marsh (310).
Minimum size (isolated): two dots (1 mm - footprint 4 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>沼泽或涓涓细流，太窄，不能用符号 Marsh（310）表示。
最小尺寸（隔离）：两个点（1m - 实地 4m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct or seasonal marsh or area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground.
The symbol shall be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.
At least three blue lines shall be clearly visible.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>一种不明显的或季节性的沼泽，或从沼泽逐渐过渡到坚实地面的区域，可以通行。边缘一般不清晰，植被与周围地面相似。
符号应与植被符号结合，以显示可运行性和开放性。
至少有三条蓝线清晰可见。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small fountain or well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>小喷泉/水井</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small fountain or well which is at least 1 m in diameter.
Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 3.6 m x 3.6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>直径至少 1 米的小型喷泉或水井。
最小高度：0.5m。
实地面积：3.6m x 3.6m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>泉源</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The source of water with a distinct outflow.
The symbol is orientated to open downstream.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 2.4 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>具有明显流出的水源。
符号的开口方向是朝向下游水流方向。
面积：4.8m x 2.4m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>特殊水体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small water feature which is significant or prominent.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 4.8 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>显著或突出的小水体。
必须在地图上给出该符号的定义。
实地面积：直径 4.8m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of cultivated land, lawn, field, meadow, grassland, bark mulch etc. without trees, offering very good runnability.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>一块没有树木的耕地、草坪、田地、草地、草原、树皮覆盖物等的区域，具有很好的可行进性。
最小宽度：0.3mm。
最小面积：0.5mm²（实地面积 8m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>稀树空旷地（乔木）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of meadows with scattered trees or bushes, with grass or similar ground cover offering very good runnability.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Symbols Prominent large tree (417) and Prominent bush or small tree (418) may be added.
Minimum width: 2.2 mm
Minimum area: 6.25 mm² (footprint 100 m²)
Smaller areas must be left out, exaggerated or shown using the symbol Open land (401).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>一片草地，有零星的树木或灌木，有草或类似的植被提供非常好的行进性能。
点可以是白色的（分散的树木）或绿色（零星的灌木/灌木丛）。符号突出的大树（417）和单独的灌木或小树（418）可以增加。
最小宽度：2.2mm
最小面积：6.25mm²（实地面积 100m²）
较小的区域必须省略、夸张或用符号空旷地（401）表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation>稀树空旷地（灌木）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of meadows with scattered trees or bushes, with grass or similar ground cover offering very good runnability.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Symbols Prominent large tree (417) and Prominent bush or small tree (418) may be added.
Minimum width: 2.2 mm
Minimum area: 6.25 mm² (footprint 100 m²)
Smaller areas must be left out, exaggerated or shown using the symbol Open land (401).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation>一片草地，有零星的树木或灌木，有草或类似的植被提供非常好的行进性能。
点可以是白色的（分散的树木）或绿色（零星的灌木/灌木丛）。符号突出的大树（417）和单独的灌木或小树（418）可以增加。
最小宽度：2.2mm
最小面积：6.25mm²（实地面积 100m²）
较小的区域必须省略、夸张或用符号空旷地（401）表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>凌乱空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of heath or moorland, a felled area, a newly planted area (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, i.e. heather or tall grass.
This symbol may be combined with symbols Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) and Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>杂草地或高沼地、砍伐区、新种植区（低于约 1 米的树木） 或其他地面植被杂乱的空旷地，如石楠花或高草。
该符号可与符号“慢行低矮植被（407）”和“步行低矮植被（409）” 结合使用，以显示可行进性降低。
最小面积：1mm²（实地面积 16m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>稀树凌乱地（乔木）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of rough open land with scattered trees or bushes. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets).
Symbols Prominent large tree (417) and Prominent bush or small tree (418) may be added. Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum width: 2.5 mm.
Minimum area: 6.25 mm² (footprint 100 m²)
Smaller areas must be left out, exaggerated or shown using either the symbol Rough open land (403) or Forest (405).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>有零星树木或灌木的杂乱空旷地。圆点可以是白色（零星的树木）或绿色（零星的灌木/灌木丛）。
可添加突出的大树（417） 和突出的灌木或小树（418）符号。只有不一致的白点符号可以与符号“慢跑低矮植被（407）”或“步行低矮植被（409）”结合使用，以显示可行进性降低。
最小宽度：2.5mm。
最小面积：6.25mm²（实地面积 100m²）
较小的区域必须省略、夸张或用符号“杂乱空旷地（403）” 或“好跑树林（白林）（405）”表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation>稀树凌乱地（灌木）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of rough open land with scattered trees or bushes. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets).
Symbols Prominent large tree (417) and Prominent bush or small tree (418) may be added. Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum width: 2.5 mm.
Minimum area: 6.25 mm² (footprint 100 m²)
Smaller areas must be left out, exaggerated or shown using either the symbol Rough open land (403) or Forest (405).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation>有零星树木或灌木的杂乱空旷地。圆点可以是白色（零星的树木）或绿色（零星的灌木/灌木丛）。
可添加突出的大树（417） 和突出的灌木或小树（418）符号。只有不一致的白点符号可以与符号“慢跑低矮植被（407）”或“步行低矮植被（409）”结合使用，以显示可行进性降低。
最小宽度：2.5mm。
最小面积：6.25mm²（实地面积 100m²）
较小的区域必须省略、夸张或用符号“杂乱空旷地（403）” 或“好跑树林（白林）（405）”表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>好跑树林</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typical open forest for the particular type of terrain. If no part of the forest is easily runnable then no white should appear on the map.
Minimum width (for openings): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²) for openings in screens of other colours, except for Vegetation: walk (408) and Open land (401), where the minimum area is 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>特殊地形的典型好跑树林。如果树林的任何部分都不容易行进，那么地图上就不能出现白色。
最小宽度（用于孔洞）：0.3mm。
最小面积：除步行植被（408）和空旷地（401）外，其他颜色网格孔洞的最小面积为 1mm²（实地面积 16m²），其中最小面积为 0.5mm²（实地面积 8m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vegetation: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation> 慢跑林</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>植被茂密（能见度低）的区域，使行进速度降低到正常速度的 60-80%左右。
最小宽度：0.4mm。
最小面积：1mm²（实地面积 16m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation>单向慢跑林</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
When runnability is better in one direction a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running. At least two white stripes shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation>植被茂密（能见度低）的区域，使行进速度降低到正常速度的 60-80%左右。
当单一方向的行进性能更好时，网格上会留下一条规则的白色条纹，以显示更好的行进方向。至少两条白色条纹应清晰可见。
最小宽度：0.4mm。
最小面积：1mm²（实地面积 16m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.2</comment>
        <translation>慢跑林(线状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.2</comment>
        <translation>植被茂密（能见度低）的区域，使行进速度降低到正常速度的 60-80%左右。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vegetation: slow running, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation> 慢跑矮树丛</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of good visibility and reduced runnability due to, for instance, undergrowth (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches, etc.). Running speed is reduced to about 60-80% of normal speed.
This symbol shall not be combined with the symbol Vegetation: slow running (406) or Vegetation: walk (408).
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>一个能见度好、可行进性降低的区域。例如，由于灌木（荆棘、石楠花、矮灌木、剪下的树枝等）。行进速度降低到正常速度的 60-80%左右。
该符号不能与符号“慢跑植被（406）” 或“步行植被（408）”结合使用。
最小宽度：2 行。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vegetation: walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation> 慢行树林</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduces running to about 20-60% of normal speed.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>一个树木茂密或树丛茂密（能见度低）的区域，将行进速度降低到正常速度的 20-60%。
最小宽度：0.4mm 。
最小面积：0.5mm²（实地面积 8m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation>单向慢行树林（白条纹）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduces running to about 20-60% of normal speed.
When runnability is better in one direction a regular pattern of white / green 30% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running. At least two stripes shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation>一个树木茂密或树丛茂密（能见度低）的区域，将行进速度降低到正常速度的 20-60%。
当单一方向的行进性能更好时， 网格上会留下一个白色/绿色 30%条纹的规则图案，以显示更好的行进方向。至少两条条纹应清晰可见。
最小宽度：0.4mm 。
最小面积：0.5mm²（实地面积 8m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, slow running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation>单向慢行树林（绿30％条纹）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduces running to about 20-60% of normal speed.
When runnability is better in one direction a regular pattern of white / green 30% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running. At least two stripes shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation>一个树木茂密或树丛茂密（能见度低）的区域，将行进速度降低到正常速度的 20-60%。
当单一方向的行进性能更好时， 网格上会留下一个白色/绿色 30%条纹的规则图案，以显示更好的行进方向。至少两条条纹应清晰可见。
最小宽度：0.4mm。
最小面积：0.5mm²（实地面积 8m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vegetation: walk, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.3</comment>
        <translation> 慢行树林(线状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduces running to about 20-60% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.3</comment>
        <translation>一个树木茂密或树丛茂密（能见度低）的区域，将行进速度降低到正常速度的 20-60%。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>慢行矮树丛</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of good visibility and reduced runnability due to, for instance, undergrowth (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches, etc.). Running speed is reduced to about 20-60% of normal speed.
This symbol shall not be combined with the symbol Vegetation: slow running (406) or Vegetation: walk (408).
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>一个能见度好、可行进性降低的区域。例如，由于灌木（荆棘、石楠花、矮灌木、剪下的树枝等）。行进速度降低到正常速度的 20-60%左右。
该符号不得与符号“慢跑植被（406）” 或“步行植被（408）”结合使用。
最小宽度：2 行。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Impassable vegetation</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation> 不可通行植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is impassable. Running speed is almost 0%.
Minimum area: 0.3 mm² (footprint 5 m²). Impassable vegetation shall not be crossed.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>无法通行的茂密植被（树木或灌木）区域。行进速度接近 0%。
最小面积：0.3mm²（实地面积 5m²）。不可通行的植被不得跨越。
最小宽度：0.4mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Impassable vegetation, minimum width (hedge)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation> 不可通行植被(线状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is impassable. Running speed is almost 0%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>无法通行的茂密植被（树木或灌木）区域。行进速度接近 0%。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>耕地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, normally used for growing crops. Runnability may vary according to the type of crops grown and the time of year. Since the runnability may vary, such areas should be avoided when setting courses.
The symbol is combined with symbol Out-of-bounds area (709) to show cultivated land that shall not be entered.
Minimum width: 3 mm.
Minimum area: 9 mm² (144 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>耕地，通常用于种植作物。可行进性可能因种植的作物类型和一年中的时间不同而有所不同。由于可行进性可能有所不同，因此在设计路线时应避免此类区域。
符号与界外区域（禁区）（709）符号结合，表示不得进入的耕地。
最小宽度：3mm。
最小面积：9mm²（实地面积 144m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land (black pattern)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412.1</comment>
        <translation>耕地(黑点)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, normally used for growing crops. Runnability may vary according to the type of crops grown and the time of year. Since the runnability may vary, such areas should be avoided when setting courses.
The symbol is combined with symbol Out-of-bounds area (709) to show cultivated land that shall not be entered.
Minimum width: 3 mm.
Minimum area: 9 mm² (144 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412.1</comment>
        <translation>耕地，通常用于种植作物。可行进性可能因种植的作物类型和一年中的时间不同而有所不同。由于可行进性可能有所不同，因此在设计路线时应避免此类区域。
符号与界外区域（禁区）（709）符号结合，表示不得进入的耕地。
最小宽度：3mm。
最小面积：9mm²（实地面积 144m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>果园（空旷地）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with fruit trees or bushes, normally in regular pattern.
The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least four dots shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum width: 2 mm.
Minimum area: 4 mm² (64 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>种植果树或林区的土地，通常有规则的排列。
点线方向应该表示种植方向。至少四个点应清晰可见。必须与符号空旷地（401）或杂乱空旷地（403）结合使用。
最小宽度：2mm。
最小面积：4mm²（实地面积 64m²）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation>果园（杂乱空旷地）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with fruit trees or bushes, normally in regular pattern.
The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least four dots shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum width: 2 mm.
Minimum area: 4 mm² (64 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation>种植果树或林区的土地，通常有规则的排列。
点线方向应该表示种植方向。至少四个点应清晰可见。必须与符号空旷地（401）或杂乱空旷地（403）结合使用。
最小宽度：2mm。
最小面积：4mm²（实地面积 64m²）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vineyard or similar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation> 葡萄园或类似的耕地（空旷地）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting.
The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum width: 2 mm.
Minimum area: 4 mm² (64 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>一种葡萄园或类似的耕地，含有密集的行状植被，在沿植被方向上具有良好或正常的可行进性。
线条的方向应表示种植方向。至少三条线应清晰可见。必须与符号空旷地（401）或 杂乱空旷地（403）结合使用。
最小宽度：2mm。
最小面积：4mm²（实地面积 64m²）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vineyard or similar, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation> 葡萄园或类似的耕地（杂乱空旷地）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting.
The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum width: 2 mm.
Minimum area: 4 mm² (64 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation>一种葡萄园或类似的耕地，含有密集的行状植被，在沿植被方向上具有良好或正常的可行进性。
线条的方向应表示种植方向。至少三条线应清晰可见。必须与符号空旷地（401）或 杂乱空旷地（403）结合使用。
最小宽度：2mm。
最小面积：4mm²（实地面积 64m²）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>明显的耕地边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary of symbol cultivated land vegetation (401, 412, 413, 414) or a permanent boundary between different types of cultivated land, when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.)
Minimum length: 1 mm (footprint 4 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>耕地与符号（401、412、413、414）有明显的边界或不同类型耕地之间的明显边界，但未与其他符号（围栏、墙壁、道路等）一起显示。
最小长度：1mm（实地 4m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>明显植被边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or very distinct vegetation boundary within the forest. For indistinct boundaries, the area edges are shown only by the change in colour and / or dot screen.
Minimum length (isolated): five dots (2,65 mm - footprint 10,6 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>树林中明显的树林边缘或植被边界。对于不清晰的边界，区域边缘仅通过颜色和/或区域点的变化来显示。
最小长度（单独的）：5 个点（2.65mm - 实地 10.6m）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent large tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation>突出大树</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent large single tree.
Footprint: 4 m in diameter (OM 4.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation>一个突出的大的单棵树。
实地面积：直径 4m（OM 4.8m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent bush or small tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>突出的灌木或小树</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent bush or a small single tree.
Footprint: 3.2 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>一个突出的灌木或一棵小的单棵树。里面的小白点用来帮助色觉障碍，提高可读性。
实地面积：直径 3.2m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vegetation feature which is significant or prominent.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 4.8 m (OM 7.1 m x 7.1 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>显著或突出的植被特征物。
符号的定义必须在地图上给出。
实地面积：4.8m x 4.8m（OM 7.1m x 7.1m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic, with border</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域（有边界）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation>交通顺畅的铺装区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Paved area in multilevel structures, light traffic</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation> 多层通道的铺装区域-轻度交通</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Part of a multilevel structure which can be passed at two levels. The angle of the pattern is approximately 45° to the direction of the axis of the paved area.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>多层结构的一部分，可以在两个级别上通过。图案的角度与铺装区域区域的轴线方向大约成 45°角。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.3</comment>
        <translation>稀树铺装区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area with scattered trees or bushes in a paved area.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.3</comment>
        <translation>铺装区内树木或灌木散落的区域。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Step or edge of paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation> 台阶或铺装区域边缘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An edge of a paved area.
Edges within paved areas are generally not represented, unless they serve navigation.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域的边缘。
铺装区域内的边缘通常不表示，除非它们起到导航作用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic, footprint: 1.4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.6</comment>
        <translation>交通顺畅的铺装道路: 1.4 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.6</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic, footprint: 2 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.7</comment>
        <translation>铺装道路-轻度交通: 2 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.7</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic, footprint: 3 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.8</comment>
        <translation>交通顺畅的铺装道路: 3 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.8</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic, footprint: 4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.9</comment>
        <translation>铺装道路-轻度交通: 4 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.9</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic, with border</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.10</comment>
        <translation>交通繁忙的铺装区域（有边界）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.10</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.11</comment>
        <translation>交通繁忙的铺装区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.11</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Paved area in multilevel structures, heavy traffic</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.12</comment>
        <translation> 交通繁忙多层通道的铺装区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Part of a multilevel structure which can be passed at two levels. The angle of the pattern is approximately 45° to the direction of the axis of the paved area.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.12</comment>
        <translation>多层结构的一部分，可以在两个级别上通过。图案的角度与铺装区域区域的轴线方向大约成 45°角。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic, footprint: 1.4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.16</comment>
        <translation>交通繁忙的铺装道路: 1.4 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.16</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic, footprint: 2 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.17</comment>
        <translation>交通繁忙的铺装道路: 2 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.17</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic, footprint: 3 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.18</comment>
        <translation>交通繁忙的铺装道路: 3 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.18</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic, footprint: 4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.19</comment>
        <translation>交通繁忙的铺装道路: 4 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.19</comment>
        <translation>铺面区域是指具有坚实表面的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。应使用符号“台阶或铺装区域边缘”（501.1）对其进行边界（或镶边）处理。
铺装区域内的明显差异并起到导航作用，可以用台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）表示。如果符合实际（例如，模糊/渐变的砾石到草地过渡），可以省略黑色边界线。
应使用棕色的差异来显示车辆或行人交通的差异。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unpaved footpath or track, footprint: 1.4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505.1</comment>
        <translation>无铺装的人行道或车道: 1.4 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An unpaved footpath or rough vehicle track is a way for passing mainly by foot, without a smooth, hard surface.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505.1</comment>
        <translation>无铺装的人行道或车行道主要是步行通过，没有光滑、坚硬的表面。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unpaved footpath or track, footprint: 2 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505.2</comment>
        <translation>无铺装的人行道或车道: 2 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An unpaved footpath or rough vehicle track is a way for passing mainly by foot, without a smooth, hard surface.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505.2</comment>
        <translation>无铺装的人行道或车行道主要是步行通过，没有光滑、坚硬的表面。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small unpaved footpath or track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>无铺装小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small unpaved footpath or track.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (3.4 mm - footprint 13.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>一条无铺装的小径或小路。
最小长度（单独的）：两个破折号（3.4mm - 实地 13.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>不明显小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A less distinct path or forestry extraction track.
Minimum length: two sections of double dashes (7.9 mm - footprint 31.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>一条不太明显的小路或树林开采的小路。
最小长度：两段双虚线（7.9mm - 实地 31.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>狭窄树林间隙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct ride is a linear break in the forest (usually in a plantation), which does not have a distinct path along it. Where there is a path along a ride, the symbol Small unpaved footpath or track (506) shall be used.
Minimum length: two dashes (9.75 mm - footprint 39 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>清晰的林间间隙是在森林中（通常是在种植园中）线状间断， 因为森林中没有独特的道路。如果沿着狭窄树林间隙有一条道路，则应使用符号无铺装小路（506）。
最小长度：两个破折号（9.75mm - 实地 39m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509.1</comment>
        <translation>铁路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway is a permanent track laid with rails on which locomotives, carriages or wagons can travel.
If it is forbidden to cross or run along the railroad, the forbidden area around the railway shall be represented with symbol Area that shall not be entered (520).
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4 mm - footprint 16 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509.1</comment>
        <translation>铁路是一种永久性的轨道，轨道上有机车、车厢或货车可以行驶。
如果禁止横穿或沿铁路行驶，铁路周围的禁止区域应以符号禁区（520）表示。
最小长度（单独的）：两个破折号（4mm - 实地 16m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tramway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509.2</comment>
        <translation>轻轨</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A tramway is a public vehicle running regularly along certain streets, usually on rails. The track can be easily crossed by the competitor.
Tramways are generally not represented. However, if they serve navigation or orientation, they can be represented.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509.2</comment>
        <translation>有轨电车是一种经常沿特定街道行驶的公共车辆，通常在轨道上行驶。参赛选手容易越过跑道。
电车轨道一般不表示， 但是，如果它们起导航或定向作用，则可以表示它们。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation>电线、索道或缆车</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift.
The bars indicate the exact location of the pylons. If a section of a power line, cableway or skilift goes along a road or path (and does not offer significant additional navigational value) it should be omitted.

&lt;b&gt;Note: When drawing this symbol, press space to toggle placing the pylon symbols at new nodes.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation>电力线、索道或缆车。
横短线表示塔架的确切位置。如果电力线、索道或缆车的一部分沿着一条公路或一条小路延申（且不提供重要的附加导航价值），则应省略。

&lt;b&gt;注意：绘制此符号时，请按空格键以切换将定向塔符号放置在新节点上。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol Building (521) or High tower (524). In this case, the cable lines can be left out (the map shows only the pylons).

&lt;b&gt;Note: When drawing this symbol, press space to toggle placing the pylon symbols at new nodes.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation>主输电线应采用双线绘制。线条之间的间隙应该指示输电线的实际宽度。超大的电线塔应使用符号建筑物（521）或高塔（524）表示其平面效果，在这种情况下，电缆线路可以省略（地图只显示了塔架）。

 &lt;b&gt;注意：绘制此符号时，请按空格键以切换将定向塔符号放置在新节点上。&lt;/ b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line with pylons</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol Building (521) or High tower (524). In this case, the cable lines can be left out (the map shows only the pylons).

&lt;b&gt;Note: When drawing this symbol, press space to toggle placing the pylon symbols at new nodes.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation>主输电线应采用双线绘制。线条之间的间隙应该指示输电线的实际宽度。超大的电线塔应使用符号建筑物（521）或高塔（524）表示其平面效果，在这种情况下，电缆线路可以省略（地图只显示了塔架）。

&lt;b&gt;注意：绘制此符号时，请按空格键以切换将定向塔符号放置在新节点上。&lt;/ b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge, one side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>桥（单侧）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bridge is a structure spanning and permitting passage over a river, chasm, road or the like.
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;If underpasses under bridges are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with the symbol Crossing point (710.1) or Crossing section (710.2).&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>桥梁是一种跨越河流、峡谷、道路等的结构，可以通行。
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;如果要在比赛中使用桥梁下方的通道，应使用符号“可通过点”（710.1）或“可通过区域”（710.2）加以强调。&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation>桥（最小宽度）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bridge is a structure spanning and permitting passage over a river, chasm, road or the like.
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;If underpasses under bridges are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with the symbol Crossing point (710.1) or Crossing section (710.2).&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation>桥梁是一种跨越河流、峡谷、道路等的结构，可以通行。
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;如果要在比赛中使用桥梁下方的通道，应使用符号“可通过点”（710.1）或“可通过区域”（710.2）加以强调。&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Underpass or tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation>地下通道或隧道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An underpass or a tunnel is a passage running underneath the ground or a building, especially a passage for pedestrians or vehicles.
Minimum length (of baseline): 2 squares (0.75 mm - footprint 3.0 m).
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;Minimum length (of baseline): 2 squares (0.75 mm - footprint 3.0 m).
If underpasses or tunnels etc. are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with the symbol Crossing point (710.1) or Crossing section (710.2).&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation>地下通道或隧道是在地面或建筑物下行进的通道，特别是行人或车辆的通道。
最小长度（基线）：2 平方（0.75mm – 实地 3.0m）。
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;
如果要在比赛中使用地下通道或隧道等，应使用符号“可通过点”（710.1）或“可通过区域”（710.2）加以强调。&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable wall is a construction made of stone, brick, concrete etc., which can be passed.
If such a wall is higher than 1.5 m, it shall be represented with the symbol Impassable wall (515). Wide walls shall be drawn in plan shape using a ground symbol delineated by the passable wall symbol. It should be dotted if possible (minimum length around the dot 0.4 mm each side).
Minimum length (isolated): 1.4 mm (footprint 5.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 513.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的墙是一种由石头、砖、混凝土等构成的建筑，可以通行。
如果此类墙高于 1.5m，则应以符号“不可翻越的墙”（515）表示。宽墙应使用可翻越的墙符号所规定的的区域符号绘制出其平面形状，如有可能，应以虚线标出（点周围的最小长度为每侧 0.4mm）
最小长度（单独的）：1.4mm（实地面积 5.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable retained wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513.2</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的挡土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable wall which is seen only from one side. Half dot must point to the lower level.
Height is 0.6 - 1.5 m. If lower, use symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Minimum length (isolated): 2.4 mm (footprint 9.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 513.2</comment>
        <translation>只能从一侧可见的可翻越的墙。半点必须指向较低的一侧。高度为 0.6-1.5m。
如果低于 0.6-1.5m，则使用符号台阶或铺装区域边缘（501.1）。
最小长度（单独的）：2.4mm（实地面积 9.6m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的围墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable wall or retaining wall is a wall, which fulfil the function of an enclosure or solid barrier. It shall not be crossed.
Very wide impassable walls shall be drawn in plan shape and represented with the symbol Building (521).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>不能通行或不能翻越的墙或固定的屏障是一种能够起到封闭或固定屏障作用的墙。不能翻越。
非常宽的不可通行墙应绘制成符号建筑物（521）表示其平面形状。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable fence or railing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的围栏或栏杆</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable fence is a barrier enclosing or bordering a field, yard, etc., usually made of posts and wire or wood. It is used to prevent entrance or to confine or mark a boundary. A railing is a fencelike barrier composed of one or more horizontal rails supported by widely spaced upright poles, usually it can be slipped through.
If a fence or railing is dangerous or very difficult to cross, it shall be represented with the symbol Impassable fence or railing (518).
Minimum length (isolated): 2.2 mm (footprint 8.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>可通行的围栏是一种围住或围绕田野、院子等的围栏，通常由柱子、铁丝或木头制成。它用于防止或限制进入或标记边界。栏杆是由一个或多个水平栏杆组成的围栏状栏杆，由间距较大的立杆支撑，通常可以钻过。
如果围栏或栏杆很危险或很难穿过，则应使用符号“不可翻越的围栏或栏杆”（518）表示。
最小长度（单独的）：2.2mm（实地面积 8.8m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable fence or railing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的围栏或栏杆</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable fence or railing shall not be crossed.
If the length is shorter than 3 mm, it must be presented with the symbol Impassable wall (515).
Minimum length (isolated): 3 mm (footprint 12 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>不能翻越或无法通行的围栏或栏杆。
如果最小长度小于 3mm， 则必须用符号“不可翻越的围墙”（515）表示。
最小长度（单独的）：3mm（实地面积 12m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point (optional)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>可通过口（可选择的）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point is a gap or an opening in a fence, railing or wall, which can easily be passed through by a competitor.
Small gaps or openings which cannot easily be passed through by competitors, shall not be represented on the map and shall be closed during the competition.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>可通过口是围栏、栏杆或墙壁上的缺口或开口，很容易被参赛选手穿过。
参赛者不能轻易通过的小间隙或开口，不得在地图上标出，并在比赛中予以封闭。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered </source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>禁止进入区 </translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area that shall not be entered such as a private area, a flower bed, a railway area etc.
No feature shall be represented in this area, except very prominent features such as railways, large buildings, or very large trees. Road entrances shall be represented clearly.
&lt;b&gt;Areas that shall not be entered totally contained within buildings shall be mapped as being a part of the building.&lt;/b&gt;
The area shall always be delineated by a boundary line (at least 0.1 mm in width).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 1 m).
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>不得进入的区域，如私人区域、花坛、铁路区域等。
除铁路、大型建筑物或大型树木等非常显著的特征外，不得在该区域内描绘任何特征物。道路入口应清晰显示。
&lt;b&gt;当该区域完全包含在建筑物内时应作为建筑物绘制。&lt;/b&gt;
该区域应始终用边界线（宽度至少为 0.1mm）划定。
最小宽度：0.25mm（实地 1m）。
最小面积：0.25mm²（实地面积 4m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, boundary line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation>禁区边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area that shall not be entered such as a private area, a flower bed, a railway area etc.
No feature shall be represented in this area, except very prominent features such as railways, large buildings, or very large trees. Road entrances shall be represented clearly.
&lt;b&gt;Areas that shall not be entered totally contained within buildings shall be mapped as being a part of the building.&lt;/b&gt;
The area shall always be delineated by a boundary line (at least 0.1 mm in width).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 1 m).
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation>不得进入的区域，如私人区域、花坛、铁路区域等。
除铁路、大型建筑物或大型树木等非常显著的特征外，不得在该区域内描绘任何特征物。道路入口应清晰显示。
&lt;b&gt;当该区域完全包含在建筑物内时应作为建筑物绘制。&lt;/b&gt;
该区域应始终用边界线（宽度至少为 0.1mm）划定。
最小宽度：0.25mm（实地 1m）。
最小面积：0.25mm²（实地面积 4m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>建筑物（有边界）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is a relatively permanent construction having a roof.
Buildings within symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) may just be represented in a simplified manner. Areas totally contained within a building shall be mapped as being a part of the building. A building shall not be entered.
&lt;b&gt;The minimum gap between buildings and other impassable features shall be 0.40 mm. Boundaries in touching buildings shall not be represented.&lt;/b&gt;
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>建筑物是具有屋顶的相对永久性建筑。
建筑物符号区内不能绘制可以简化表示的符号禁区（520）。完全包含在建筑物内的区域应绘制成建筑物的一部分。不能进入建筑物。
&lt;b&gt;建筑物与其他不可通行设施之间的最小间隙应为 0.40mm。建筑物的边界不能接触表示。&lt;/b&gt;
最小宽度：0.5mm。
最小面积：0.25mm²（实地面积 4m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation>建筑物-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is a relatively permanent construction having a roof.
Buildings within symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) may just be represented in a simplified manner. Areas totally contained within a building shall be mapped as being a part of the building. A building shall not be entered.
&lt;b&gt;The minimum gap between buildings and other impassable features shall be 0.40 mm. Boundaries in touching buildings shall not be represented.&lt;/b&gt;
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation>建筑物是具有屋顶的相对永久性建筑。
建筑物符号区内不能绘制可以简化表示的符号禁区（520）。完全包含在建筑物内的区域应绘制成建筑物的一部分。不能进入建筑物。
&lt;b&gt;建筑物与其他不可通行设施之间的最小间隙应为 0.40mm。建筑物的边界不能接触表示。&lt;/b&gt;
最小宽度：0.5mm。
最小面积：0.25mm²（实地面积 4m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation>建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is a relatively permanent construction having a roof.
Buildings within symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) may just be represented in a simplified manner. Areas totally contained within a building shall be mapped as being a part of the building. A building shall not be entered.
&lt;b&gt;The minimum gap between buildings and other impassable features shall be 0.40 mm. Boundaries in touching buildings shall not be represented.&lt;/b&gt;
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation>建筑物是具有屋顶的相对永久性建筑。
建筑物符号区内不能绘制可以简化表示的符号禁区（520）。完全包含在建筑物内的区域应绘制成建筑物的一部分。不能进入建筑物。
&lt;b&gt;建筑物与其他不可通行设施之间的最小间隙应为 0.40mm。建筑物的边界不能接触表示。&lt;/b&gt;
最小宽度：0.5mm。
最小面积：0.25mm²（实地面积 4m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation>建筑物边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is a relatively permanent construction having a roof.
Buildings within symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) may just be represented in a simplified manner. Areas totally contained within a building shall be mapped as being a part of the building. A building shall not be entered.
&lt;b&gt;The minimum gap between buildings and other impassable features shall be 0.40 mm. Boundaries in touching buildings shall not be represented.&lt;/b&gt;
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation>建筑物是具有屋顶的相对永久性建筑。
建筑物符号区内不能绘制可以简化表示的符号禁区（520）。完全包含在建筑物内的区域应绘制成建筑物的一部分。不能进入建筑物。
&lt;b&gt;建筑物与其他不可通行设施之间的最小间隙应为 0.40mm。建筑物的边界不能接触表示。&lt;/b&gt;
最小宽度：0.5mm。
最小面积：0.25mm²（实地面积 4m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>架空顶建筑（有边界）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A canopy is a building construction (with a roof), normally supported by pillars, poles or walls, such as passages, gangways, courts, bus stops, gas stations or garages.
Small passable parts of buildings which cannot easily be crossed by competitors, shall not be represented on the map and shall be closed during the competition.
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>架空顶建筑是一种建筑结构（有屋顶），通常由柱子、杆子或墙支撑，如通道、过道、球场、公交站、加油站或车库。
建筑物中不易被参赛选手通过的可通行的小部分，不得在地图上表示，并在比赛中关闭。
最小宽度：0.5mm。
最小面积：0.25mm²（实地面积 4m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy, fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.3</comment>
        <translation>架空顶建筑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A canopy is a building construction (with a roof), normally supported by pillars, poles or walls, such as passages, gangways, courts, bus stops, gas stations or garages.
Small passable parts of buildings which cannot easily be crossed by competitors, shall not be represented on the map and shall be closed during the competition.
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.3</comment>
        <translation>架空顶建筑是一种建筑结构（有屋顶），通常由柱子、杆子或墙支撑，如通道、过道、球场、公交站、加油站或车库。
建筑物中不易被参赛选手通过的可通行的小部分，不得在地图上表示，并在比赛中关闭。
最小宽度：0.5mm。
最小面积：0.25mm²（实地面积 4m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.4</comment>
        <translation>架空顶建筑边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A canopy is a building construction (with a roof), normally supported by pillars, poles or walls, such as passages, gangways, courts, bus stops, gas stations or garages.
Small passable parts of buildings which cannot easily be crossed by competitors, shall not be represented on the map and shall be closed during the competition.
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.4</comment>
        <translation>架空顶建筑是一种建筑结构（有屋顶），通常由柱子、杆子或墙支撑，如通道、过道、球场、公交站、加油站或车库。
建筑物中不易被参赛选手通过的可通行的小部分，不得在地图上表示，并在比赛中关闭。
最小宽度：0.5mm。
最小面积：0.25mm²（实地面积 4m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pillar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation>支柱</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pillar is an upright shaft or structure of stone, brick or other material, relatively slender in proportion to its height and any shape in section, used as a building support.
Pillars smaller than 1 m × 1 m are generally not represented.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation>支柱是由石头、砖或其他材料制成的立井或结构，其高度和截面形状与柱子的高度成比例，相对较细，用作建筑物的支撑物。
小于 1m×1m 的支柱一般不表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>高塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon.
Very large towers shall be represented in plan shape with the symbol Building (521).
Footprint: 8.4 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>高塔或大塔架。
非常大并带有标志性建筑物（521）的塔应以平面形状表示。该符号朝向北方。
实地面积：直径 8.4m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>小塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious small tower, platform or seat.
Footprint: 6 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>明显的小塔、高台或瞭望塔。
实地面积：6m x 6m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial, small monument or boundary stone</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>墓碑/纪念碑/小雕像/界碑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial, small monument or boundary stone that is obvious.
Large massive monuments shall be represented in plan shape with the symbol Building (521).
Footprint: 4 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>墓碑、纪念碑、小雕像、界碑，都是显而易见的。
大型巨型纪念碑并带有标志性建筑物（521）应以平面形状表示。
实地：直径 4m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>饲料架</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack, which is free standing or attached to a tree.
Footprint: 6 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>一种独立或附在树上的饲料架。
实地面积：6m x 6m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Prominent line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation> 突出的线状特征物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent man-made line feature. For example, a low pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track that is clearly visible.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Minimum length: 2.2 mm (footprint 8.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>一个突出的人造线状特征物。例如，清晰可见的低管道（天然气、水、油、暖气等）或大雪橇/轨道框架。
符号的定义必须在地图上给出。
最小长度：2.2mm（实地面积 8.8m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Prominent impassable line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation> 突出的不可翻越线状特征物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable man-made line feature. For example, a high pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
A prominent impassable line feature shall not be crossed.
Minimum length: 3 mm (footprint 12 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>无法越过的人造线状特征物。例如，一条高管道（天然气、水、油、暖气等）或大雪橇/轨道框架。
必须在地图上给出符号的定义。
不得能翻越的明显的不可通行线状特征物。
最小长度：3mm（实地面积 12m）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – ring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>突出的人造特征物-⚪</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man-made feature which is significant or prominent.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 4 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>530明显或突出的人造特征物。
符号的定义必须在地图上给出。
实地：直径 4m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – x</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>特殊人造地物-X</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 4.8 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>位置位于符号的重心，符号朝向北方。
符号的定义必须在地图上给出。
实地面积：4.8m x 4.8m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway, footprint: 1.6 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532.6</comment>
        <translation>台阶: 1.6 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
Minimum length: 3 (graphical) steps.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (IM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532.6</comment>
        <translation>台阶应以一般方式表示。
最小长度：3 步（图形）。
最小宽度：0.4mm（IM）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway, footprint: 2 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532.7</comment>
        <translation>台阶: 2 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
Minimum length: 3 (graphical) steps.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (IM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532.7</comment>
        <translation>台阶应以一般方式表示。
最小长度：3 步（图形）。
最小宽度：0.4mm（IM）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway, footprint: 3 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532.8</comment>
        <translation>台阶: 3 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
Minimum length: 3 (graphical) steps.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (IM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532.8</comment>
        <translation>台阶应以一般方式表示。
最小长度：3 步（图形）。
最小宽度：0.4mm（IM）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway, footprint: 4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532.9</comment>
        <translation>台阶: 4 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
Minimum length: 3 (graphical) steps.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (IM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532.9</comment>
        <translation>台阶应以一般方式表示。
最小长度：3 步（图形）。
最小宽度：0.4mm（IM）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线（面状）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向地磁北方的线。其间距为 30mm，地面为120m。
如果磁北线掩盖了一些小的特征，如巨石、山丘、悬崖、河流交汇处、道路末端等应该被剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向地磁北方的线。其间距为 30mm，地面为120m。
如果磁北线掩盖了一些小的特征，如巨石、山丘、悬崖、河流交汇处、道路末端等应该被剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, black, with arrow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线（黑色，带箭头）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.
&lt;b&gt;Note: this is a non-standard addition to the symbol set.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向地磁北方的线。其间距为 30mm，地面为120m。
如果磁北线掩盖了一些小的特征，如巨石、山丘、悬崖、河流交汇处、道路末端等应该被剪断。
&lt;b&gt;注意：这是对符号集的非标准添加。&lt;/ b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.6</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.6</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向地磁北方的线。其间距为 30mm，地面为120m。
如果磁北线掩盖了一些小的特征，如巨石、山丘、悬崖、河流交汇处、道路末端等应该被剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.5</comment>
        <translation>磁北线（蓝色）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.5</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向地磁北方的线。其间距为 30mm，地面为120m。
如果磁北线掩盖了一些小的特征，如巨石、山丘、悬崖、河流交汇处、道路末端等应该被剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue, with arrow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.9</comment>
        <translation>磁北线（蓝色，带箭头）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.
&lt;b&gt;Note: this is a non-standard addition to the symbol set.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.9</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向地磁北方的线。其间距为 30mm，地面为120m。
如果磁北线掩盖了一些小的特征，如巨石、山丘、悬崖、河流交汇处、道路末端等应该被剪断。
&lt;b&gt;注意：这是对符号集的非标准添加&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control.
The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点或地图发布点（如果不是起点）由指向第一个检查点方向的等边三角形显示。
三角形的中心表示起点的精确位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Map issue point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation> 地图发布点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If there is a marked route to the start point, the map issue point is marked using this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>倘若有指定路线前往起点，则派发地图的位置以此符号表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles (footprint 24 m). The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点用圆圈表示（足迹 24m）。圆的中心显示了特征的精确位置。为了显示重要的细节，应省略圆圈部分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail.
An option for heavily building filled map is the possibility to have a white border with 0.1 or 0.15 mm in width.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>检查点的编号放置在靠近检查点圆的位置，这样不会掩盖重要的细节。
大量填充建筑的地图可以选择有一个 0.1 或 0.15 毫米宽的白色边界。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number, with white border</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704.1</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码（白边）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail.
An option for heavily building filled map is the possibility to have a white border with 0.1 or 0.15 mm in width.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704.1</comment>
        <translation>检查点的编号放置在靠近检查点圆的位置，这样不会掩盖重要的细节。
大量填充建筑的地图可以选择有一个 0.1 或 0.15 毫米宽的白色边界。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>检查点连线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>在按顺序到访检查点的地方，开始、检查点和终点用直线连接在一起。和重要细节重合的部分应剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点是用两个同心圆表示的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>必经路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>地图上用虚线标出路线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>界外分界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds boundary shall not be crossed. It shall be used for temporary uncrossable boundaries used for the course setting.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>不能穿越的界外分界线。应将其用于设计路线时使用的临时不可穿越的边界。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>界外区域（禁区）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary as follows:
- a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) in the terrain,
- a dashed line indicates intermittent marking in the terrain,
- no line indicates no marking in the terrain.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum width: 2 mm.
Minimum area: 4 mm² (footprint 64 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>界外区域。如果没有以下自然边界，则可以绘制边界线：
- 实线表示实地中连续的标记边界（彩带等）；
- 虚线表示实地中的间断性标记；
- 没有线表示实地中没有标记。
不得进入禁区。
最小宽度：2mm。
最小面积：4mm²（实地面积 64m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>禁区-实线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapeetc.) in the terrain.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>实线表示实地中连续的标记边界（彩带等）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>禁区-虚线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking in the terrain.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>虚线表示实地中的间断性标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710.1</comment>
        <translation>通过点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;If underpasses or tunnels etc. are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with symbol Crossing point (710.1) or Crossing section (710.2).&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710.1</comment>
        <translation>在地图上画出的贯穿或穿过墙壁或围栏、穿过公路或铁路、贯穿隧道或界外区域（禁区）的可通过点，两条线向外弯曲。
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;如果要在比赛中使用地下通道或隧道等，应使用符号可通过点（710.1）或可通过区域（710.2）加以强调。&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing section, one side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710.2</comment>
        <translation>可通过区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing section through or over a building, wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map as a linear object, according to the plan shape.
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;If underpasses or tunnels etc. are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with symbol Crossing point (710.1) or Crossing section (710.2).&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710.2</comment>
        <translation>根据平面形状，在地图上画出贯穿或穿过建筑物、墙壁或围栏、穿过道路或铁路、穿过隧道或界外区域（禁区）的可通过区域，用此符号线性表示可通过区域。
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;如果要在比赛中使用地下通道或隧道等，应使用符号可通过点（710.1）或可通过区域（710.2）加以强调。&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Temporary construction or closed area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 714</comment>
        <translation> 临时施工或封闭区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Obvious temporary constructions like platforms for spectators and speaker, closed area for spectators, outside restaurant areas, etc. shall be represented in plan shape. A Temporary construction or closed area shall not be entered.
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 714</comment>
        <translation>明显的临时建筑物，如观众和演讲者平台、观众封闭区、外部用餐区域等，应以平面形式表示。不得进入临时施工或封闭区域。
最小宽度：0.5mm。
最小面积：0.25mm²（实地面积 4m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Temporary construction or closed area, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 714.1</comment>
        <translation> 临时施工或封闭区域-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Obvious temporary constructions like platforms for spectators and speaker, closed area for spectators, outside restaurant areas, etc. shall be represented in plan shape. A Temporary construction or closed area shall not be entered.
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 714.1</comment>
        <translation>明显的临时建筑物，如观众和演讲者平台、观众封闭区、外部用餐区域等，应以平面形式表示。不得进入临时施工或封闭区域。
最小宽度：0.5mm。
最小面积：0.25mm²（实地面积 4m²）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>简单的线路设计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>此符号提供了一种简单而快速的方法来进行训练路线设计。

紫色线将延伸到终点符号中。这是这种简单方法的缺点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrienteering图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrienteering图标。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISSOM</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>紫色50％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>黑色50％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>黑色30％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>黑色 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below light browns</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>黑色底的浅棕色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>不透明的蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>蓝色30％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>棕色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%, Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation>绿色50％，黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>不透明的绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green</source>
        <comment>Color 28</comment>
        <translation>绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 29</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 30</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green below light greens</source>
        <comment>Color 31</comment>
        <translation>浅绿色下面是绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 32</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 33</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 34</comment>
        <translation>白色在黄色70%上面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 35</comment>
        <translation>黄色70％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>首曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>间曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An intermediate contour line. Form lines are used where more information can be given about the shape of the ground. They are used only where representation is not possible with ordinary contours. Only one form line may be used between neighbouring contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>是一条中间等高线。在可以提供更多关于地面形状的信息的地方，可以使用间曲线。它仅在首曲线无法表示的情况下使用，相邻首曲线之间只能使用一条间曲线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>等高线高度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured. The figures should be orientated so that the top of the figure is on the higher side of the contour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>计曲等高线可以标注高度。高度值只能插入计曲等高线中，其他细节不被遮挡的位置。它的方向要朝向计曲等高线较高侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.0</comment>
        <translation>土崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖-高的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>土崖齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>用此符号表示土崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108.1</comment>
        <translation>小土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully or trench</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>冲沟/堑壕</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>小冲沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>小土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>长土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>小凹地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation>土坑或洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>崎岖的地面，小的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation>坑洼地面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent landform feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation>特殊地貌</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>垂直的岩壁，空间较短，例如悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1.1</comment>
        <translation>垂直的岩壁，空间较短，例如悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>陡崖-齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>使用此符号可以显示宽悬崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder or rock pillar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>巨石/石柱</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖，无短线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖，无短线，最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>可翻越石崖，无短线，圆滑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越石崖，无短线，圆滑，最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>岩坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>石块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>石块地，大的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>碎石地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>开阔沙地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>裸岩地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>水坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>天然或人造的次要水道，可能仅间歇性地有水。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>小水沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311.1</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small fountain or well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>小喷泉/水井</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>泉</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation>特殊水体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>稀树空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>凌乱空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>稀树凌乱空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>灌木丛：可缓慢通过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>森林：奔跑困难</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>灌木丛：难以奔跑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>密集但视野良好的灌木丛，（黑莓树、帚石楠、矮树，以及包括伐倒的树枝），降低跑步速度约为正常速度的 20 ~ 60% 。这个符号可以不与符号 406 或 408 组合。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>果园(空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>明显耕地边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land which is seasonally out-of-bounds due to growing crops may be shown with a black dot screen.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>耕种地，由于种庄稼而季节性地超出边界，可以用覆盖的黑点显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>明显植被边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent large tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>突出的大树</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent bush or small tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>突出的灌木或小树</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small unpaved footpath or track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>无铺装小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>不明显小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>窄林道或可通过地表的线迹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1.1</comment>
        <translation>桥（最小宽度）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge, one side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1.2</comment>
        <translation>桥（单侧）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515.1</comment>
        <translation>铁路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tramway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515.2</comment>
        <translation>轻轨</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>电线、索道或缆车</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Underpass or tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation>地下通道或隧道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519.1.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable fence or railing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的围栏或栏杆</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.2</comment>
        <translation>可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pillar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.3</comment>
        <translation>支柱</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level which can be crossed over or under.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation>管道（输气、水、油等），在地面之上，可以从上面或下面穿过。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation>高塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation>小塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial, small monument or boundary stone</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>墓碑/纪念碑/小雕像/界碑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation>饲料架</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.0.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue, with arrow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.0.5</comment>
        <translation>磁北线（蓝色，带箭头）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.0.6</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>套版线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0.1</comment>
        <translation>高程点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0.1</comment>
        <translation>高程用于粗略估计高差。高度数值四舍五入到米。图像指向北。给出水平不使用点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0.2</comment>
        <translation>高程用于粗略估计高差。高度数值四舍五入到米。图像指向北。给出水平不使用点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点或发图点（如果不是起点）由指向第一个控件方向的等边三角形显示。三角形的中心表示起点的精确位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>检查点以圆圈显示。圆的中心显示了特征的精确位置。圆圈部分应省略以保留重要的细节。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点的代码放置在靠近检查点圆的位置，这样就不会遮住重要的细节。这些数字指向北方。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>在按顺序到访检查点的地方，开始、检查点和终点用直线连接在一起。和重要细节重合的部分应剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>必经路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>地图上用虚线标出路线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点是用两个同心圆表示的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing section, one side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708.1</comment>
        <translation>可通过区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域，实线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>实线表示在禁区的边界地形上有连续标记（警戒带等）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域 ，虚线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>虚线表示在禁区的边界地形上有不连续的标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>饮水站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>简单的线路设计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>此符号提供了一种简单而快速的方法来进行设计培训路线。

紫色线将延伸到终点符号中。这是这种简单方法的缺点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrienteering图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrientering图标。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISMTBOM</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>浅紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>黑色70％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>棕色50％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below light browns</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>黑色底的浅棕色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>棕色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>不透明的蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>黑色30％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%, Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>绿色50％，黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green over White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>绿白相间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>不透明的白色在绿色上</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>黄色在绿色上</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>不透明的绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green below light greens</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>浅绿色下面是绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation>白色在黄色70%上面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation>黄色70％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>首曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 metres. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>连接相同高度的点的线。等高线之间的标准垂直间隔为5米。等高线的最小弯曲为线中心到线中心0.25mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface. Where an index contour coincides with an area of much detail, it may be shown with a normal contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>每五条等高线应画一条较粗的线。这有助于快速评估高度差和地形表面的整体形状。在一个有很多细节的区域中，计曲线可以表示为一条普通的等高线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line, e.g. along the line of a re-entrant or in a depression. They are used only where it is necessary to clarify the direction of slope.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>可以在等高线的下侧绘制示坡线来表明下坡方向。使用时，应将它们放置在山凹谷处。它们仅在需要表明下坡方向时使用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>等高线注记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured. The figures should be orientated so that the top of the figure is on the higher side of the contour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>计曲等高线可以标注高度。高度值只能插入计曲等高线中，其他细节不被遮挡的位置。它的方向要朝向计曲等高线较高侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation>土崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks should be drawn with symbol 201 (impassable cliff). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围，如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可逾越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks should be drawn with symbol 201 (impassable cliff). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围，如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可逾越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖-非常高</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>很高的土崖-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>土崖齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>用此符号表示土崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height is 1 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>明显的土墙，最小高度为1 m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>冲沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully or trench which is too small to be shown by symbol 106 is shown by a single line. The line width reflects the size of the gully. Minimum depth 1 m. The end of the line is pointed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>太小而无法用符号106表示的冲沟或沟槽用单线表示。线宽反映了冲沟的大小。最小深度1 m。线的末端已标示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see 106) is shown with a 0.35 mm line and downward tags showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags should clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的石崖、采石场或土堤（参见106），0.35毫米的线宽，下面的齿线显示了从顶线到脚的整个范围。对于垂直的岩壁，如果空间较短（例如，悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。齿线可以在表示岩石面正下方的细节的区域符号上延伸。当岩石面直接掉入水中，使其无法沿着水的边缘越过悬崖时，将忽略堤岸线，否则标签应清晰地延伸到堤岸线上。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see 106) is shown with a 0.35 mm line and downward tags showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags should clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的石崖、采石场或土堤（参见106），0.35毫米的线宽，下面的齿线显示了从顶线到脚的整个范围。对于垂直的岩壁，如果空间较短（例如，悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。齿线可以在表示岩石面正下方的细节的区域符号上延伸。当岩石面直接掉入水中，使其无法沿着水的边缘越过悬崖时，将忽略堤岸线，否则标签应清晰地延伸到堤岸线上。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越石崖-无齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>垂直的岩壁，空间较短，例如悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>陡崖-齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>使用此符号可以显示宽悬崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rock pillars/cliffs</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>岩柱/悬崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>In the case of unusual features such as rock pillars or massive cliffs or gigantic boulders, the rocks shall be shown in plan shape without tags.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>在岩石柱、巨大的悬崖或巨大的巨石等异常特征的情况下，岩石应以平面图形表示，且没有齿线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>石块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct boulder (minimum height 1 m). Every boulder marked on the map should be immediately identifiable on the ground. To be able to show the distinction between boulders with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (diameter 0.5 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>一个较小的明显石头（最小高度为1 m）。地图上标记的每个石头都应立即在地面上被识别。为了能够显示出大小差异显著的石头之间的区别，允许将该符号放大20％（直径0.5毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206.1</comment>
        <translation>石头-放大</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulders with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (diameter 0.5 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206.1</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示出大小差异显著的巨石之间的区别，允许将该符号放大20％（直径0.5毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder fields / Stony ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>巨石场/碎石地-小</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which affects going should be shown on the map. The dots should be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>影响行进的碎石或岩石地面应显示在地图上。这些点应根据岩石的数量以一定密度随机分布。至少应使用三个点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder fields / Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>巨石场/碎石地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which affects going should be shown on the map. The dots should be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>影响行进的碎石或岩石地面应显示在地图上。这些点应根据岩石的数量以一定密度随机分布。至少应使用三个点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>开阔沙地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of soft sandy ground or gravel with no vegetation and where running is slow. Where an area of sandy ground is open but running is good, it is shown as open land (401/402).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>沙质较软的地面或碎石区，无植被，行驶缓慢。沙质土地开阔但行驶良好的地方显示为开阔土地（401/402）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>裸岩地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock without earth or vegetation is shown as bare rock. An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation is shown as open land (401/402).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>没有土壤或植被的可跑岩石区域显示为裸岩。覆盖着草、苔藓或其他低矮植被的岩石区域显示为开阔土地（401/402）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation>湖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large areas of water are shown with this symbol (blue 50%). The colour of the bank line is blue 100 %.

Small areas of water should be shown with full colour. Use symbol 302 (&quot;Pond&quot; in ISOM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation>大面积的水体用此符号表示（蓝色50％）。岸线的颜色为100％蓝色。

小面积的水体应显示为全色。使用符号302（ISOM中的“ Pond”）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>湖-岸线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>黑色的水岸线强调了这个符号特征是不可通行的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake, with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>湖-有岸线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pond</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation>池塘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small areas of water should be shown with full colour.

This is symbol &quot;302 Pond&quot; in ISOM, but is a variation of &quot;301 Lake&quot; in ISMTBOM.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation>小面积的水应显示为全色。

这是ISOM中的符号“ 302池塘”，但是ISMTBOM中“ 301 Lake”的变体。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>可涉水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse, minimum 2 m wide. The width of watercourses over 5 m wide should be shown to scale.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>可穿越的河流，最小宽度为2 m。宽度超过5 m的河流应按比例显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable small watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>可穿越的小河流</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse (including a major drainage ditch) less than 2 m wide. For better legibility a ditch in a marsh should be drawn as a crossable watercourse (305).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>宽度小于2 m的可穿越河流（包括主排水沟）。为了更好的可读性，应在沼泽中画为一条沟渠作为可越过的河流（305）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor water channel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>小水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>天然或人造的次要水道，可能仅间歇性地有水。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>不可通行的沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or dangerous for the runner. A blue line surrounds the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>对参赛者来说不可逾越或危险的沼泽。一条蓝线围绕该符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.1</comment>
        <translation>不可通行沼泽-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.2</comment>
        <translation>不可逾越的沼泽-有边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge. The symbol should be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness. Where a small marsh area should be combined with either 403/404 it is permitted to use 401/402 to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>可穿越的沼泽，通常具有明显的边缘。该符号应与植被符号结合使用以显示可跑性和开放性。如果小沼泽地应与403/404结合使用，则可以使用401/402来提高清晰度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation>特殊水体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A special small water feature. The definition of the symbol must always be given in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation>一种特殊的小水体。必须在地图图例中给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, fields, meadows, grassland, etc. without trees, offering easy running. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>耕地、田野、草地、草原等，没有树木，可跑性好。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>稀树空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Meadows with scattered trees or bushes, with grass or similar ground cover offering easy running. Areas smaller than 10 mm at the maps scale are shown as open land (401). Individual trees may be added (418, 419, 420). If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>草地上有零散的树木或灌木丛，草地或类似的植被提供了良好的可跑性。地图比例尺上小于10毫米的区域显示为开阔土地（401）。可以添加单个树（418、419、420）。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>凌乱空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass. Symbol 403 may be combined with symbols 407 and 409 to show reduced runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>杂草地、伐木场、新栽植的区域（树木约1 m以下）或其他通常空旷的土地，地面植被茂密，石楠或高草丛生。符号403可以与符号407和409结合以显示降低的可跑性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>稀树凌乱空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where there are scattered trees in rough open land, areas of white (or green) should appear in the tone. Such an area may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large white dots in the yellow screen. Areas smaller than 16 mm in the maps scale are shown as rough open land (403). Individual trees may be added (418, 419, 420).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>凌乱开阔土地上零星树木，白色（或绿色）点应出现在其中。可以通过在黄色屏幕中使用大白点的规则图案来概括此类区域。地图比例尺中小于16毫米的区域显示为粗糙的开阔土地（403）。可以添加单个树（418、419、420）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>森林：通视性良好</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typically open forest for the particular type of terrain. Wherever a part of the forest is too dense to be traversed pushing or carrying a bicycle, no white should appear on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>通常针对特定类型地形的开阔森林。无论森林的哪个地方太茂密，以至于无法横穿推或骑自行车时，地图上都不应该出现白色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: reduced visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>森林：通视性降低</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees (low visibility) which reduces the speed of traversing the forest pushing or carrying a bicycle significantly or even makes it impossible to traverse.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>树木茂密（通视性低）的区域，会大大降低穿越森林的速度，从而要推或搬自行车，甚至无法穿越。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>果园(空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with fruit trees or bushes. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>用果树或灌木种植的土地。点阵的方向可以表示种植方向。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The green lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>绿线的方向可以指示种植方向。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>符号418、419和420可用于特殊的小植被特征。必须在地图图例中分别给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>符号418、419和420可用于特殊的小植被特征。必须在地图图例中分别给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation>符号418、419和420可用于特殊的小植被特征。必须在地图图例中分别给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Motorway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.0</comment>
        <translation>高速公路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road with two carriageways. The width of the symbol should be drawn to scale but not smaller than the minimum width. The outer boundary lines may be replaced with symbols 519, 521, 522 or 524 if a fence or wall is so close to the motorway edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.0</comment>
        <translation>有两条车道的道路。符号的宽度应按比例绘制，但不得小于最小宽度。如果围墙或围墙非常靠近高速公路边缘，以致于实际上无法显示为单独的符号，则可以用符号519、521、522或524代替外边界线。黑线之间的空间必须填充为棕色（50％）。正在施工的道路可能会以虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>主要道路-最小宽度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road wider than 5m. The width of the symbol should be drawn to scale but not smaller than the minimum width. The outer boundary lines may be replaced with symbols 519, 521, 522 or 524 if a fence or wall is so close to the motorway edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>道路宽于5m。符号的宽度应按比例绘制，但不得小于最小宽度。如果围墙或围墙非常靠近高速公路边缘，以致于实际上无法显示为单独的符号，则可以用符号519、521、522或524代替外边界线。黑线之间的空间必须填充为棕色（50％）。正在施工的道路可能会以虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road 3-5 m wide. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>道路3-5 m宽。黑线之间的空间必须填充为棕色（50％）。正在施工的道路可能会以虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: fast riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 831</comment>
        <translation>赛道：快速骑行</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track with stabilised surface, at least 1.5 m wide. Forest road or well-maintained track with no obstacles. Speed 75-100 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 831</comment>
        <translation>具有稳定表面的轨道，宽度至少为1.5 m。林道或维护良好的轨道无障碍。速度75-100％。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: fast riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 832</comment>
        <translation>路径：快速骑行</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well-maintained path narrower than 1.5 m wide. Smooth, clean path with no erosion or obstacles. Speed 75-100 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 832</comment>
        <translation>维护良好的路径窄于1.5 m宽。光滑、清洁的路径，无腐蚀或障碍物。速度75-100％。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: medium riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 833</comment>
        <translation>赛道：中速骑行</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track at least 1.5 m wide with some reduction in speed with the possibility of small obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Speed 50-75 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 833</comment>
        <translation>至少为1.5 m宽的赛道，速度有所降低，并可能有小的障碍物，例如石头，岩石，车辙，草，沙或泥土。速度50-75％。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: medium riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 834</comment>
        <translation>路径：中速骑行</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A path narrower than 1.5 m wide with some reduction in speed with the possibility of small obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Speed 50-75 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 834</comment>
        <translation>宽度小于1.5 m的路径，速度有所降低，并可能有小的障碍物，例如石头，岩石，车辙、草、沙或泥土。速度50-75％。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: slow riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 835</comment>
        <translation>赛道：慢速骑行</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track at least 1.5 m wide, with obstacles that require the riders to choose their way to avoid obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Possibility of rocky surfaces. Pedaling is more difficult, riding is slowed. Skilled/fit riders will pass. Less skilled/fit riders may have to dismount. Speed 25-50 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 835</comment>
        <translation>至少宽度为1.5 m的赛道，有障碍物，要求骑车人选择避开石头，岩石，车辙，草，沙或泥土等障碍物的方式。岩石表面的可能性。踩踏板更困难，骑行速度变慢。熟练/健康的骑手将通过。不熟练的人可能必须下车。速度25-50％。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: slow riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 836</comment>
        <translation>路径：慢速骑行</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A path narrower than 1.5 m wide, with sufficient obstacles to require the riders to choose their way to avoid obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Possibility of rocky surfaces. Pedaling is more difficult, riding is slowed. Skilled/fit riders will pass. Less skilled/fit riders may have to dismount. Speed 25-50 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 836</comment>
        <translation>路径小于1.5 m宽，有足够的障碍物，要求骑手选择自己的方式来避开障碍物，例如石头、岩石、车辙、草、沙或泥土。可通过的岩石表面。踩踏板更困难，骑行速度变慢。熟练/健康的骑手将通过。不熟练的人可能必须下车。速度25-50％。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: difficult to ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 837</comment>
        <translation>赛道：难以骑行</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track at least 1.5 m wide, with difficult obstacles such as roots, deep sand/mud, erosion or rocky steps. Very slow riding or impossible to ride. Skilled/fit riders may be required to dismount. Speed max 25 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 837</comment>
        <translation>至少1.5 m宽的轨道，有困难的障碍物，例如树根，深沙/泥浆，侵蚀或岩石台阶。骑行非常缓慢或无法骑行。熟练/健康的骑手可能是需要下马。最高速度25％。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: difficult to ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 838</comment>
        <translation>路径：难以骑行</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A path less than 1.5 m wide, with difficult obstacles such as roots, deep sand/mud, erosion or rocky steps. Very slow riding or impossible riding. Skilled/fit riders may be required to dismount. Speed max 25 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 838</comment>
        <translation>路径小于1.5 m宽，有困难的障碍物，例如树根，深沙/泥浆，侵蚀或岩石台阶。非常慢的骑行或无法骑行。熟练/健康的骑手可能会被要求下车。最高速度25％。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509.1</comment>
        <translation>窄林道或可通过地表的线迹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Non-ridable narrow forest rides should be represented.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509.1</comment>
        <translation>不可骑车的狭窄森林应该表示出来。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>铁路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track (tramway, truckway, etc.).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>铁路或其他类型的有轨轨道（电车道、卡车道等）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars indicate the exact location of the pylons.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>输电线、索道或滑雪缆车。节点指示了塔的确切位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>主输电线应画成双线。线之间的间隙可以表示电力线的范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>隧道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc. which may be used by the runner. This symbol is used whether or not the tunnel has a track leading to it.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>参赛者可以在公路、铁路等下方行驶的道路。无论隧道是否有通向它的路径，都会使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation>隧道-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc. which may be used by the runner. This symbol is used whether or not the tunnel has a track leading to it.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation>参赛者可以在公路、铁路等下方行驶的道路。无论隧道是否有通向它的路径，都会使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>石墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This stone wall symbol should represent all visible walls. If a stone wall is forbidden to cross, it shall be marked with the symbol 707 (uncrossable boundary).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>此石墙符号应代表所有可见的墙。如果是禁止翻越的石墙，应标有符号707（不可跨越的边界）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>高围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boarded or wire fence higher than ca 1.5 m, not crossable to the average orienteer, eg. deer fence.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>大于约1.5 m的木板或铁丝网，一般参赛者无法翻越，例如鹿围栏。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>All ways through or over high fences or walls must be indicated. The symbol may also be used for a gate through or stile over a stone wall (521) or a fence (524) or a pipeline (534).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>必须指明翻越或穿过高的围栏或墙的所有方式。该符号还可以用于穿过石墙（521）或栅栏（524）或管道（534）或在其上的门。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>不可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>在比例尺允许的范围内显示建筑物的平面图。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.1</comment>
        <translation>建筑物最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Settlement</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>禁区</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Houses and gardens and other built up areas. Roads, buildings and other significant features within a settlement must be shown. If all buildings cannot be shown, an alternative symbol (black line screen) may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>房屋和花园等建筑区。必须显示居民点内的道路，建筑物和其他重要特征。如果无法显示所有建筑物，则可以使用其他符号（黑线网屏）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of hard standing used for parking or other purposes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>硬质地面用于停车场或其他目的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.1</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.2</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Firing range</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>射击场</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A firing range is shown with a special symbol to indicate the need for caution. Associated buildings are individually marked.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>射击场显示为特殊符号，表示需要小心。关联的建筑物分别标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Grave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation>坟墓</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct grave marked by a stone or shrine. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north. A cemetery is shown by using grave symbols as space permits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation>以石头或神龛为标志的明显坟墓，位置在符号的重心处，重心向北。在空间允许的情况下，使用坟墓符号来显示墓地。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 534</comment>
        <translation>不可穿越管道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline which cannot be crossed. If an uncrossable pipeline is forbidden to cross, it shall be marked with the symbol 707 (uncrossable boundary).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 534</comment>
        <translation>不可穿越管道。如果禁止穿越不可穿越管道，那么应该以符号707（不可穿越边界）来标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation>高塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon, standing above the level of the surrounding forest. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation>高塔或大型电缆塔，高于周围森林的高度而矗立，位置在符号的重心处。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation>小塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious shooting platform or seat, or small tower. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation>明显的射击平台或座位、小塔。位置在符号的重心处。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation>饲料架</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack which is free standing or built on to a tree. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol. For land access reasons these may be omitted.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation>饲料架独立树立或建在树上。位置在符号的重心处。因为是可以接近的地方，所以这些应该省略。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征以这些符号显示。每种情况必须在图例中给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation>特殊的人工特征</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征以这些符号显示。每种情况必须在图例中给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. At the scale of 1:5000, 1:7500 and 1:10000 the spacing of north lines on the map should be 30 mm, while at the scale of 1:15000 and 1:20000 the spacing on the map should be 20 mm. North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, cliffs, stream junctions, and path ends.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向磁北极的线。在比例尺为1:5000、1:7500和1:10000的地图上，地图上磁北线的间隔应该为30mm，而在比例尺为1:15000和1:20000的地图上，地图上的间隔应该为20mm。当遮挡边界、悬崖、溪流交汇点和路径末端时，磁北线可以断开。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>套版线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At least three registration marks must be placed within the frame of a map in a non-symmetrical position. In addition, a colour check should also be possible.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>必须在地图框内必须将至少三个套版线放置在非对称的位置。此外，应该能够进行颜色检查。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>高程点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>高程用于粗略估计高差。高度数值四舍五入到米。图像指向北。给出水平不使用点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>高程注记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>高程用于粗略估计高差。高度数值四舍五入到米。图像指向北。给出水平不使用点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点或发图点（如果不是起点）由指向第一个控件方向的等边三角形显示。三角形的中心表示起点的精确位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>检查点以圆圈显示。圆的中心显示了特征的精确位置。圆圈部分应省略以保留重要的细节。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point with focus point (in MTBO maps)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 840</comment>
        <translation>带有焦点的检查点（在MTBO地图中）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The focus point (i.e. the point in the centre of a control circle) can be used when it is necessary to clarify the exact position of a control for instance in a dense track network. The focus point shall be used in case of necessity when the exact position of a control is not clear. A focus point helps to specify the exact track where a control is situated.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 840</comment>
        <translation>当有必要使检查点的准确位置清晰时，例如在密集的赛道网络中，可以使用焦点（也就是检查点圆中心的点）。在控制点的准确位置不清晰的情况下，应有必要使用焦点。焦点帮助指定检查点所在的准确赛道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点的代码放置在靠近检查点圆的位置，这样就不会遮住重要的细节。这些数字指向北方。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>在按顺序到访检查点的地方，开始、检查点和终点用直线连接在一起。和重要细节重合的部分应剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>必经路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line. If the symbol is used instead of symbol 704 before or after a control, it represents an obligatory route for the competitors. The symbol can also be used in areas where off-track riding is forbidden to represent allowed routes that are marked in the terrain.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>标记的路径以虚线显示在地图上。如果在检查点前后使用符号704之外的符号，那么它表示选手强制通过的路径。符号也可以用在禁止离开路径骑行的区域，表示地形上标记的允许路径。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点是用两个同心圆表示的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>不可通过的边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>不允许通过的边界。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>在地图上画出穿过或越过墙或栅栏、穿过公路或铁路、穿过隧道或越界区的通过点，两条线向外弯曲。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is shown with vertical stripes. A bounding line may be drawn. The areas which may be dangerous to competitors shall be presented by this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>出界区域以竖带显示。可以画出边界线。可能对选手危险的区域应该由。这个符号表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>出界区域，边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds and forbidden to cross is shown with a zigzag. The zigzag line should be as continuous as possible. If there is a crossing point over the forbidden route, it shall be presented like a gate by two perpendicular lines over the forbidden route. Also a longer crossing section shall be presented clearly on the map by using the perpendicular lines at the end of the zigzag lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation>出界并禁止穿越的路径以锯齿线显示。锯齿线应该尽可能连续。如果禁止的路径上有穿越点，那么应该在禁止路径上由两条垂直线像门一样表示。同样，较长的穿越区域应该通过在锯齿线末端的使用垂直线清晰地显示在地图上。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>饮水站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>不在检查点上的饮水站位置标注。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous object across tracks or paths, stairs</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 843</comment>
        <translation>穿越路径、小路或梯子上的危险物体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>These barriers must be highly visible on the map and should be overprinted in purple. The symbol should be used for all obstacles that are difficult to cross. For uncrossable barrier, symbol 844 shall be used. This symbol can be used for stairs. There is no particular stair symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 843</comment>
        <translation>这些障碍物必须在地图上高度可见，并以紫色覆盖印刷。符号应该用于所有难于穿越的障碍。位于不可穿越的障碍，应该使用符号844。这个符号可以用于梯子。没有特别的梯子符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable barrier / forbidden to cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 844</comment>
        <translation>不可穿越的障碍/禁止穿越</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol can be used for all spots that are forbidden or impossible to pass, e.g. uncrossable barriers; fences or walls that are forbidden or impossible to cross; short sections of roads, tracks or paths that are forbidden to use (for longer sections, symbol 711 shall be used). In spots where two tracks or paths almost meet, but the situation is not obvious on the map, this symbol can be used to indicate that crossing is forbidden.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 844</comment>
        <translation>此符号用于禁止或不能通过的所有点，例如不可通过的障碍，禁止或不能通过的篱笆或墙，禁止使用的道路、路径或小路的较短部分（对于较长的部分，应该使用符号711）。在两条路径或小路几乎碰到的点，然而在地图上并不清晰的情况下，这个符号可以用于指示禁止通过。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>简单的线路设计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>此符号提供了一种简单而快速的方法来进行设计培训路线。

紫色线将延伸到终点符号中。这是这种简单方法的缺点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrienteering图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrientering图标。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>间曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An intermediate contour line. Form lines are used where more information can be given about the shape of the ground. They are used only where representation is not possible with ordinary contours. Only one form line may be used between neighbouring contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>是一条中间等高线。在可以提供更多关于地面形状的信息的地方，可以使用间曲线。它仅在首曲线无法表示的情况下使用，相邻首曲线之间只能使用一条间曲线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>小土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small or partly ruined earth wall shall be shown with a dashed line. Minimum height is 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>小的或部分损坏的土墙应该以虚线显示，最小高度为0.5m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>小冲沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully or trench. Minimum depth 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>小的被侵蚀的溪谷或沟渠，最小深度0.5m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>小土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious mound or rocky knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (diameter of mound less than ca. 5 m). The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground. The symbol may not touch a contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>小的明显的土丘或岩丘，无法与等高线成比例绘制（土丘直径小于大约 5m ）。小丘的高度突出周围地面应该最小为 1m 。符号不能接触等高线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>长土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (length less than 12 m and width less than 4 m). The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground. Knolls larger than this must be shown by contours. The symbol may not be drawn in free form or such that two elongated knoll symbols overlap. The symbol may not touch a contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>小的明显的长土丘，无法与等高线成比例绘制（长度小于 12m ，宽度小于 4m ）。小丘的高度突出周围地面应该最小为 1m 。大于此尺寸的小丘应该用等高线绘制。符号不能以自由形式绘制或者使两个小丘符号重叠。符号不能接触等高线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>小凹地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small shallow natural depressions and hollows (minimum diameter 2 m) which cannot be shown to scale by contours are represented by a semicircle. Minimum depth from the surrounding ground should be 1 m. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north. Symbol 116 is used for man-made pits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>小的窄的自然凹地或坑洼（直径至少为 2m ），不能用等高线成比例绘制，要另外用半圆表示。深度低于周围地面应该最小为 1m 。位置在符号的重心处，符号指向北。符号116用于人工土坑。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation>土坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pits and holes with distinct steep sides which cannot be shown to scale by symbol 106 (minimum diameter 2 m). Minimum depth from the surrounding ground should be 1 m. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation>某一侧明显陡直的土坑或洞，不能用符号106成比例地绘制（直径至少 2m）。最小深度低于周围地面应该为 1m 。位置在符号的重心处，符号指向北。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>崎岖的地面，小的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail. The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>太复杂而无法显示细节的土坑或小丘区域。自由放置的点的密度会在根据地面上的细节而变化。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, big</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation>崎岖的地面，大的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The size of the dots may vary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation>点的尺寸会变化。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special land form feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation>特殊地形特征</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol can be used for a special small land form feature. The definition of the symbol must be given in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation>这个符号可以用于特别小的地形特征。符号的定义必须在地图图例中给出。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face (minimum height 1 m) may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>小且竖直岩面（最小高度 1m ）可以不使用短线显示。如果岩面下降的方向从等高线上看不明显或识别度不高，应该在下降方向上绘制短线。对于没有显示短线的可翻越岩面，线的末端可以圆滑，来提高识别度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face (minimum height 1 m) may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation>小且竖直岩面（最小高度 1m ）可以不使用短线显示。如果岩面下降的方向从等高线上看不明显或识别度不高，应该在下降方向上绘制短线。对于没有显示短线的可翻越岩面，线的末端可以圆滑，来提高识别度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖，无短线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖，无短线，最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>如果从等高线上可以明显看到岩石表面的下降方向，或辨识性很好，那么应该使用无短线最小尺寸的可翻越石崖。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>可翻越石崖，无短线，圆滑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>对于无短线显示的可翻越石崖，线的末端应该圆滑来提高辨识性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越石崖，无短线，圆滑，最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation>对于无短线显示的可翻越石崖，线的末端应该圆滑来提高辨识性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>岩坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes or mineshafts which may constitute a danger to the runner. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>岩坑、地洞，或矿井，可能对运动员构成危险。位于符号的重心。符号必须向北正置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave is represented by the same symbol as a rocky pit. In this case the symbol should be orientated to point up the slope as indicated opposite. The centre of gravity of the symbol marks the opening.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞与岩坑以同一个符号表示，但表示山洞时，须将其尖端指向等高线较高一侧。符号的重心位于山洞的入口。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. For gigantic boulders symbol 202 should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>大而明显的演示。更巨大的岩石应使用符号 202 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is shown with randomly orientated solid triangles with sides of ratio 8:6:5. A minimum of two triangles should be used. The going is indicated by the density of the triangles. To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>覆盖有很多块无法单独标记的石头的区域，由任意指向的实心三角形显示，三角形三边的比例为 8:6:5 。应该最少使用两个三角形。通过性由三角形的密度指示。为了能够显示石块尺寸显著不同的石块地之间的区别，允许将三角形放大 20% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>石块地，大的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示石块尺寸显著不同的石块地之间的区别，允许将三角形放大 20% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The symbol is an equilateral triangle orientated to the north. To be able to show the distinction between boulder clusters with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 25% (1.0 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>小的清晰的一组石块特别密集地聚在一起，使它们不能各自标记。符号是指向北的等边三角形。为了能够显示尺寸明显不同的石群之间的差别，允许将此符号放大 25% （ 1mm ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation>大的石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder clusters with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 25% (1.0 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示尺寸明显不同的石群之间的差别，允许将此符号放大 25% （ 1mm ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>水坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>太小而不能成比例显示的注水的土坑或有水的区域。位置在符号的中心处，指向北。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>小水沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow to be shown with symbol 310 (less than ca. 5 m wide).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>太窄（小于大约 5m 宽）而无法用符号 310 显示的有水的湿地或溪流。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct or seasonal marsh or area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground. The symbol should be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>明显的或季节性的沼泽或从沼泽逐渐变成硬地的区域，是可通过的。边沿通常清晰，并且植被与周围环境相似。这个符号应该与植被符号结合，来显示可跑性和开阔程度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311.1</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>井</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wells and captive springs, which are clearly visible on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>在地面上清晰可见的井和不流动的泉。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>泉</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The source of a stream with a distinct outflow. The symbol is orientated to open downstream.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>具有明显出口的溪流的源头。符号指向开放的下游。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>灌木丛：可缓慢通过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 60-80% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>密集但视野良好的灌木层，（黑莓树、帚石楠、矮树，以及包括伐倒的树枝），降低跑步速度约为正常速度的 60 ~ 80% 。这个符号可以不与符号 406 或 408 组合。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>森林：奔跑困难</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduce running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>密集的树或灌木区域（视野不好），降低奔跑速度约为正常速度的 20 ~ 60% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>灌木丛：难以奔跑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>密集但视野良好的灌木丛，（黑莓树、帚石楠、矮树，以及包括伐倒的树枝），降低跑步速度约为正常速度的 20 ~ 60% 。这个符号可以不与符号 406 或 408 组合。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: very difficult to run, impassable</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>植被：难以奔跑，不可通过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to ca. 0-20% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>植被密集（树或灌木）几乎不能通过的区域。奔跑速度降低到正常速度的大约 0 - 20% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: very difficult to run, impassable, line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>植被：非常难以奔跑，不可通过，线条</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line of minimum width for symbol 410.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>符号410线条的最小宽度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 1</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation>在一个方向上可奔跑的树林，1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 2</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>在一个方向上可奔跑的树林，2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 3</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>在一个方向上可奔跑的树林，3</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>明显耕地边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The boundary of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.) is shown with a black line. A permanent boundary between different types of cultivated land is also shown with this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>耕种地的边界，当不以其它符号（围栏、墙、小路等）显示时，则用黑色线条显示。不同类型耕种地的永久边界，以这个符号显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>耕地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land which is seasonally out-of-bounds due to growing crops may be shown with a black dot screen.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>耕种地，由于种庄稼而季节性地超出边界，可以用覆盖的黑点显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>明显植被边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or very distinct vegetation boundary within the forest.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>清晰的树林边沿或树林内非常清晰的植被边界。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Motorway, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation>机动车道，正在施工</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation>正在施工的道路可以用虚线来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major road, minimum width, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>主干道，最小宽度，正在施工</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>正在施工的道路可以用虚线来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor road, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503.1</comment>
        <translation>次要道路，正在施工</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503.1</comment>
        <translation>正在施工的道路可以用虚线来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>公路(＜5m)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 3 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>保养良好的道路，在各种天气情况下都适于机动车行驶。宽度小于 3 m 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>车径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly. Width less than 3 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>土路或保养不好的道路，只适用于机动车缓慢行驶。宽度小于 3 m 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>人行径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A large path, or old vehicle track, which is distinct on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>大的路径，或老的机动车道，在地面上非常明显。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small path or (temporary) forest extraction track which can be followed at competition speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>小路，或树林中（临时）开辟的路径，能够以竞赛速度沿路奔跑。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>不明显小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A less distinct small path or forestry extraction track.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>较不明显的小路或林中开辟的路径。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>窄林道或可通过地表的线迹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct ride, less than ca. 5 m wide. A ride is a linear break in the forest (usually plantation) which does not have a distinct path along it. Where there is a path along a ride, symbols 507 or 508 should be used in place of symbol 509.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>明显的骑马路，宽度小于大约5 m 。骑马路是树林中的线形空隙，沿着它没有明显的道路。当沿着骑马路有条小路时，应该使用符号 507 或 508 代替符号 509。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>小人行桥</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A footbridge with no path leading to it.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>步行桥，没有小路引向它。
注意：如果溪流的宽度大于 0.25 mm ，调整这个符号使它在溪流两侧都延长 0.5 mm ！</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>石墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stone wall or stone-faced bank.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>石墙或表面石砌的岸。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>毁坏的石墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined stone wall may be shown by a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>毁坏的石墙可以用虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A wooden or wire fence less than ca. 1.5 m high.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>木制围栏或绳制围栏，小于大约1.5 m 高。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>残破围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined fence may be shown with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>毁坏的围栏可以用虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Settlement</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527.1</comment>
        <translation>禁区</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Houses and gardens and other built up areas. Roads, buildings and other significant features within a settlement must be shown. If all buildings cannot be shown, an alternative symbol (black line screen) may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527.1</comment>
        <translation>房屋和花园等建筑区。必须显示居民点内的道路，建筑物和其他重要特征。如果无法显示所有建筑物，则可以使用其他符号（黑线网屏）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Permanently out of bounds</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>永久出界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas which are permanently forbidden to the runner are shown as out of bounds. The screen is superimposed on the normal map detail. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary (see 709).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>永久性禁止选手进入的区域，显示为出界。覆盖在一般地图的细节上。如果没有自然边界，可以绘制出边界线（请见 709 ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Permanently out of bounds, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation>永久出界，边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary (see 709).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation>如果没有自然边界，可以绘制出边界线（请见 709 ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>废墟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size shown opposite. Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>废墟的地面图以比例显示，减小到相对显示的最小尺寸。非常小的废墟可以用实线绘制。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, no dashes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.1</comment>
        <translation>废墟，无虚线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530.1</comment>
        <translation>非常小的废墟可以用实线绘制。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation>废墟最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation>非常小的废墟可以用实线绘制。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation>可穿过的管道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level which can be crossed over or under.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation>管道（输气、水、油等），在地面之上，可以从上面或下面穿过。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>石标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial stone or boundary stone (or a trigonometric point in some countries) more than 0.5 m high.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>石标，记号石块或边界石块（或是一些国家的三角点），高度大于 0.5 m 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing on the map should be 33.33 mm which represents 500 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. For maps with other scales lines placing should be at intervals which represents a round number of meters (e.g. 50 m, 100 m, 250 m, 500 m) and the spacing should be between 20 mm and 40 mm on the map. North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向磁北极的线。它们在地图上的间隔应该为 33.33 mm ，在比例尺为 1:15 000 时代表地面上的 500 m 。对于其他比例的地图，磁北线应该以整数米的间隔放置（例如， 50 m 、 100 m 、 250 m 、 500 m ），并且地图上的间隔应该在 20 mm 到 40 mm 之间。在可能使小的地形模糊时，如巨石、土丘、悬崖、溪流交汇点、小路尽头等，磁北线可以断开。在水的特征非常少的区域，可以使用蓝色线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线(面状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域 ，虚线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>虚线表示在禁区的边界地形上有不连续的标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>危险区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area presenting danger to the competitor is shown with cross-hatched diagonal lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>一个对参赛者有危险的区域用交叉阴影斜线表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>禁止路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds is shown with crosses.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行的路线用交叉表示。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISSkiOM</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>棕色50％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below light browns</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>黑色底的浅棕色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>棕色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>不透明的蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>黑色30％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%, Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>绿色50％，黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green over White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>绿白相间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>不透明的白色在绿色上</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>不透明的绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green below light greens</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>浅绿色下面是绿色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>白色在黄色70%上面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation>黄色70％</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>首曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 metres. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>连接相同高度的点的线。等高线之间的标准垂直间隔为5米。等高线的最小弯曲为线中心到线中心0.25mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 metres. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>连接相同高度的点的线。等高线之间的标准垂直间隔为5米。等高线的最小弯曲为线中心到线中心0.25mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface. Where an index contour coincides with an area of much detail, it may be shown with a normal contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>每五条等高线应画一条较粗的线。这有助于快速评估高度差和地形表面的整体形状。在一个有很多细节的区域中，计曲线可以表示为一条普通的等高线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>间曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An intermediate contour line. Form lines are used where more information can be given about the shape of the ground. They are used only where representation is not possible with ordinary contours. Only one form line may be used between neighbouring contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>是一条中间等高线。在可以提供更多关于地面形状的信息的地方，可以使用间曲线。它仅在首曲线无法表示的情况下使用，相邻首曲线之间只能使用一条间曲线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line, e.g. along the line of a re-entrant or in a depression. They are used only where it is necessary to clarify the direction of slope.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>可以在等高线的下侧绘制示坡线来表明下坡方向。使用时，应将它们放置在山凹谷处。它们仅在需要表明下坡方向时使用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>等高线高度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured. The figures should be orientated so that the top of the figure is on the higher side of the contour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>计曲等高线可以标注高度。高度值只能插入计曲等高线中，其他细节不被遮挡的位置。它的方向要朝向计曲等高线较高侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation>土崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks should be drawn with symbol 201 (impassable cliff). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围，如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可逾越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks should be drawn with symbol 201 (impassable cliff). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围，如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可逾越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖-高的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>很高的土崖-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>非常高的土崖线宽可以是0.25 mm。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>土崖齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>用此符号表示土崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height is 1 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>明显的土墙，最小高度为1 m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>冲沟或堑壕</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully or trench which is too small to be shown by symbol 106 is shown by a single line. The line width reflects the size of the gully. Minimum depth 1 m. The end of the line is pointed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>太小而无法用符号106表示的冲沟或沟槽用单线表示。线宽反映了冲沟的大小。最小深度1 m。线的末端已标示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see 106) is shown with a 0.35 mm line and downward tags showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags should clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的石崖、采石场或土堤（参见106），0.35毫米的线宽，下面的齿线显示了从顶线到脚的整个范围。对于垂直的岩壁，如果空间较短（例如，悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。齿线可以在表示岩石面正下方的细节的区域符号上延伸。当岩石面直接掉入水中，使其无法沿着水的边缘越过悬崖时，将忽略堤岸线，否则标签应清晰地延伸到堤岸线上。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see 106) is shown with a 0.35 mm line and downward tags showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags should clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的石崖、采石场或土堤（参见106），0.35毫米的线宽，下面的齿线显示了从顶线到脚的整个范围。对于垂直的岩壁，如果空间较短（例如，悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。齿线可以在表示岩石面正下方的细节的区域符号上延伸。当岩石面直接掉入水中，使其无法沿着水的边缘越过悬崖时，将忽略堤岸线，否则标签应清晰地延伸到堤岸线上。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越石崖-无齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>垂直的岩壁，空间较短，例如悬崖之间的狭窄通道（通道的宽度至少应为0.3毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>陡崖-齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>使用此符号可以显示宽悬崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rock pillars/cliffs</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>岩柱/悬崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>In the case of unusual features such as rock pillars or massive cliffs or gigantic boulders, the rocks shall be shown in plan shape without tags.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>在岩石柱、巨大的悬崖或巨大的巨石等异常特征的情况下，岩石应以平面图形表示，且没有齿线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face (minimum height 1 m) may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>小且竖直岩面（最小高度 1m ）可以不使用短线显示。如果岩面下降的方向从等高线上看不明显或识别度不高，应该在下降方向上绘制短线。对于没有显示短线的可翻越岩面，线的末端可以圆滑，来提高识别度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face (minimum height 1 m) may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation>小且竖直岩面（最小高度 1m ）可以不使用短线显示。如果岩面下降的方向从等高线上看不明显或识别度不高，应该在下降方向上绘制短线。对于没有显示短线的可翻越岩面，线的末端可以圆滑，来提高识别度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖，无短线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的石崖，无短线，最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>如果从等高线上看不到岩石表面的下降方向，或为了提高易读性，应沿下降方向画上短锯齿线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>可翻越石崖，无短线，圆滑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>对于无短线显示的可翻越石崖，线的末端应该圆滑来提高辨识性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation>可翻越石崖，无短线，圆滑，最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation>对于无短线显示的可翻越石崖，线的末端应该圆滑来提高辨识性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>石块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct boulder (minimum height 1 m). Every boulder marked on the map should be immediately identifiable on the ground. To be able to show the distinction between boulders with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (diameter 0.5 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>一个较小的明显石头（最小高度为1 m）。地图上标记的每个石头都应立即在地面上被识别。为了能够显示出大小差异显著的石头之间的区别，允许将该符号放大20％（直径0.5毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206.1</comment>
        <translation>石头-放大</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulders with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (diameter 0.5 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206.1</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示出大小差异显著的巨石之间的区别，允许将该符号放大20％（直径0.5毫米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. For gigantic boulders symbol 202 should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>大而明顯的岩石。更巨大的岩石應使用符號 202.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is shown with randomly orientated solid triangles with sides of ratio 8:6:5. A minimum of two triangles should be used. The going is indicated by the density of the triangles. To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>覆盖有很多块无法单独标记的石头的区域，由任意指向的实心三角形显示，三角形三边的比例为 8:6:5 。应该最少使用两个三角形。通过性由三角形的密度指示。为了能够显示石块尺寸显著不同的石块地之间的区别，允许将三角形放大 20% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>石块地，大的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示石块尺寸显著不同的石块地之间的区别，允许将三角形放大 20% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The symbol is an equilateral triangle orientated to the north. To be able to show the distinction between boulder clusters with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 25% (1.0 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>小的清晰的一组石块特别密集地聚在一起，使它们不能各自标记。符号是指向北的等边三角形。为了能够显示尺寸明显不同的石群之间的差别，允许将此符号放大 25% （ 1mm ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation>大的石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder clusters with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 25% (1.0 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示尺寸明显不同的石群之间的差别，允许将此符号放大 25% （ 1mm ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>黑色的水岸线强调了这个符号特征是不可通行的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>可涉水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse, minimum 2 m wide. The width of watercourses over 5 m wide should be shown to scale.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>可穿越的河流，最小宽度为2 m。宽度超过5 m的河流应按比例显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable small watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>可穿越的小河流</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse (including a major drainage ditch) less than 2 m wide. For better legibility a ditch in a marsh should be drawn as a crossable watercourse (305).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>宽度小于2 m的可穿越河流（包括主排水沟）。为了更好的可读性，应在沼泽中画为一条沟渠作为可越过的河流（305）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh (in ski orienteering map)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.0.1</comment>
        <translation>沼泽（在滑雪定向越野地图中）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, fields, meadows, grassland, etc. without trees, offering easy running. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>耕地、田野、草地、草原等，没有树木，可跑性好。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>稀树空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Meadows with scattered trees or bushes, with grass or similar ground cover offering easy running. Areas smaller than 10 mm at the maps scale are shown as open land (401). Individual trees may be added (418, 419, 420). If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>草地上有零散的树木或灌木丛，草地或类似的植被提供了良好的可跑性。地图比例尺上小于10毫米的区域显示为开阔土地（401）。可以添加单个树（418、419、420）。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>凌乱空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass. Symbol 403 may be combined with symbols 407 and 409 to show reduced runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>杂草地、伐木场、新栽植的区域（树木约1 m以下）或其他通常空旷的土地，地面植被茂密，石楠或高草丛生。符号403可以与符号407和409结合以显示降低的可跑性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>稀树凌乱空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where there are scattered trees in rough open land, areas of white (or green) should appear in the tone. Such an area may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large white dots in the yellow screen. Areas smaller than 16 mm in the maps scale are shown as rough open land (403). Individual trees may be added (418, 419, 420).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>凌乱开阔土地上零星树木，白色（或绿色）点应出现在其中。可以通过在黄色屏幕中使用大白点的规则图案来概括此类区域。地图比例尺中小于16毫米的区域显示为粗糙的开阔土地（403）。可以添加单个树（418、419、420）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>果园(空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with fruit trees or bushes. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>用果树或灌木种植的土地。点阵的方向可以表示种植方向。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The green lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>绿线的方向可以指示种植方向。如果黄色区域占主导地位，则可以使用浅黄色（75％）代替全黄色。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>明显耕地边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The boundary of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.) is shown with a black line. A permanent boundary between different types of cultivated land is also shown with this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>耕种地的边界，当不以其它符号（围栏、墙、小路等）显示时，则用黑色线条显示。不同类型耕种地的永久边界，以这个符号显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>明显植被边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or very distinct vegetation boundary within the forest.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>清晰的树林边沿或树林内非常清晰的植被边界。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>符号418、419和420可用于特殊的小植被特征。必须在地图图例中分别给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Motorway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.0</comment>
        <translation>高速公路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road with two carriageways. The width of the symbol should be drawn to scale but not smaller than the minimum width. The outer boundary lines may be replaced with symbols 519, 521, 522 or 524 if a fence or wall is so close to the motorway edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.0</comment>
        <translation>有两条车道的道路。符号的宽度应按比例绘制，但不得小于最小宽度。如果围墙或围墙非常靠近高速公路边缘，以致于实际上无法显示为单独的符号，则可以用符号519、521、522或524代替外边界线。黑线之间的空间必须填充为棕色（50％）。正在施工的道路可能会以虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>主要道路-最小宽度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road wider than 5m. The width of the symbol should be drawn to scale but not smaller than the minimum width. The outer boundary lines may be replaced with symbols 519, 521, 522 or 524 if a fence or wall is so close to the motorway edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>道路宽于5m。符号的宽度应按比例绘制，但不得小于最小宽度。如果围墙或围墙非常靠近高速公路边缘，以致于实际上无法显示为单独的符号，则可以用符号519、521、522或524代替外边界线。黑线之间的空间必须填充为棕色（50％）。正在施工的道路可能会以虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road 3-5 m wide. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>道路3-5 m宽。黑线之间的空间必须填充为棕色（50％）。正在施工的道路可能会以虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>公路(＜5m)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 3 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>保养良好的道路，在各种天气情况下都适于机动车行驶。宽度小于 3 m 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>窄林道或可通过地表的线迹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct ride, less than ca. 5 m wide. A ride is a linear break in the forest (usually plantation) which does not have a distinct path along it. Where there is a path along a ride, symbols 507 or 508 should be used in place of symbol 509.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>明显的骑马路，宽度小于大约5 m 。骑马路是树林中的线形空隙，沿着它没有明显的道路。当沿着骑马路有条小路时，应该使用符号 507 或 508 代替符号 509。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>铁路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track (tramway, truckway, etc.).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>铁路或其他类型的有轨轨道（电车道、卡车道等）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars indicate the exact location of the pylons.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>输电线、索道或滑雪缆车。节点指示了塔的确切位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>主输电线应画成双线。线之间的间隙可以表示电力线的范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>隧道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc. which may be used by the runner. This symbol is used whether or not the tunnel has a track leading to it.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>参赛者可以在公路、铁路等下方行驶的道路。无论隧道是否有通向它的路径，都会使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation>隧道-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc. which may be used by the runner. This symbol is used whether or not the tunnel has a track leading to it.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation>参赛者可以在公路、铁路等下方行驶的道路。无论隧道是否有通向它的路径，都会使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>石墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stone wall or stone-faced bank.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>石墙或表面石砌的岸。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A wooden or wire fence less than ca. 1.5 m high.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>木制围栏或绳制围栏，小于大约1.5 m 高。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>高围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boarded or wire fence higher than ca 1.5 m, not crossable to the average orienteer, eg. deer fence.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>大于约1.5 m的木板或铁丝网，一般参赛者无法翻越，例如鹿围栏。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>不可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>在比例尺允许的范围内显示建筑物的平面图。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.1</comment>
        <translation>建筑物最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Settlement</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>禁区</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Houses and gardens and other built up areas. Roads, buildings and other significant features within a settlement must be shown. If all buildings cannot be shown, an alternative symbol (black line screen) may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>房屋和花园等建筑区。必须显示居民点内的道路，建筑物和其他重要特征。如果无法显示所有建筑物，则可以使用其他符号（黑线网屏）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Settlement</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527.1</comment>
        <translation>禁区</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Houses and gardens and other built up areas. Roads, buildings and other significant features within a settlement must be shown. If all buildings cannot be shown, an alternative symbol (black line screen) may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527.1</comment>
        <translation>房屋和花园等建筑区。必须显示居民点内的道路，建筑物和其他重要特征。如果无法显示所有建筑物，则可以使用其他符号（黑线网屏）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Permanently out of bounds</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>永久出界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas which are permanently forbidden to the runner are shown as out of bounds. The screen is superimposed on the normal map detail. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary (see 709).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>永久性禁止选手进入的区域，显示为出界。覆盖在一般地图的细节上。如果没有自然边界，可以绘制出边界线（请见 709 ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Permanently out of bounds, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation>永久出界，边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary (see 709).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation>如果没有自然边界，可以绘制出边界线（请见 709 ）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of hard standing used for parking or other purposes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>硬质地面用于停车场或其他目的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.1</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.2</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Firing range</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>射击场</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A firing range is shown with a special symbol to indicate the need for caution. Associated buildings are individually marked.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>射击场显示为特殊符号，表示需要小心。关联的建筑物分别标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 534</comment>
        <translation>不可穿越管道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation>高塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon, standing above the level of the surrounding forest. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation>高塔或大型电缆塔，高于周围森林的高度而矗立，位置在符号的重心处。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation>小塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious shooting platform or seat, or small tower. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation>明显的射击平台或座位、小塔。位置在符号的重心处。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征以这些符号显示。每种情况必须在图例中给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation>特别的人工特征以这些符号显示。每种情况必须在图例中给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing on the map should be 33.33 mm which represents 500 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. For maps with other scales lines placing should be at intervals which represents a round number of meters (e.g. 50 m, 100 m, 250 m, 500 m) and the spacing should be between 20 mm and 40 mm on the map. North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向磁北极的线。它们在地图上的间隔应该为 33.33 mm ，在比例尺为 1:15 000 时代表地面上的 500 m 。对于其他比例的地图，磁北线应该以整数米的间隔放置（例如， 50 m 、 100 m 、 250 m 、 500 m ），并且地图上的间隔应该在 20 mm 到 40 mm 之间。在可能使小的地形模糊时，如巨石、土丘、悬崖、溪流交汇点、小路尽头等，磁北线可以断开。在水的特征非常少的区域，可以使用蓝色线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线(面状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing on the map should be 33.33 mm which represents 500 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. For maps with other scales lines placing should be at intervals which represents a round number of meters (e.g. 50 m, 100 m, 250 m, 500 m) and the spacing should be between 20 mm and 40 mm on the map. North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线是地图上指向磁北极的线。它们在地图上的间隔应该为 33.33 mm ，在比例尺为 1:15 000 时代表地面上的 500 m 。对于其他比例的地图，磁北线应该以整数米的间隔放置（例如， 50 m 、 100 m 、 250 m 、 500 m ），并且地图上的间隔应该在 20 mm 到 40 mm 之间。在可能使小的地形模糊时，如巨石、土丘、悬崖、溪流交汇点、小路尽头等，磁北线可以断开。在水的特征非常少的区域，可以使用蓝色线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>套版线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At least three registration marks must be placed within the frame of a map in a non-symmetrical position. In addition, a colour check should also be possible.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>必须在地图框内必须将至少三个套版线放置在非对称的位置。此外，应该能够进行颜色检查。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>高程点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>高程用于粗略估计高差。高度数值四舍五入到米。图像指向北。给出水平不使用点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>高程注记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>高程用于粗略估计高差。高度数值四舍五入到米。图像指向北。给出水平不使用点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very fast, wide ski tracks in ski centres, made with a ski trail groomer or a track leveller.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 801</comment>
        <translation>滑雪中心的非常快、宽的雪道，由滑雪道修正设备或道路平整设备修建。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A rough, slow track with little snow or some brushwood. This symbol is not used in steep slopes, if the width of the track allows using herringbone steps for uphill, or snow plowing technique for slowing and stopping.

In order to clarify a junction, the beginning of a slow track is drawn with a short line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 804</comment>
        <translation>不平的，慢速路径，雪少或有一些树枝。这个符号不用于陡坡上，如果道路的宽度允许使用人字台阶来上山，或铲雪技术来减速或停止。

为了使交叉点清晰，慢速路径的起点以短线绘制出。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road covered with snow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 805</comment>
        <translation>覆盖雪的道路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Snowploughed, skiable roads are drawn with a normal road symbol but wider.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 805</comment>
        <translation>铲过雪的可滑行的道路，用通常的道路符号绘制，但更宽。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sanded or snowless road, line symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 806</comment>
        <translation>砂质的或无雪的道路，线条符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road on the map which is sanded or snowless during the competition. A chain of V-marks across the road symbol show that the road is not skiable. Snowless roads and heavily sanded roads should normally be marked as forbidden routes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 806</comment>
        <translation>地图上的道路，完成时是砂质的或无雪的。一串 V 型标记，穿过道路符号，显示道路不可滑行。无雪的道路，和砂质含量大的道路，通常标记为禁止的路线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sanded or snowless road, single symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 806.1</comment>
        <translation>砂质的或无雪的道路，单一符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road on the map which is sanded or snowless during the competition. A chain of V-marks across the road symbol show that the road is not skiable. Snowless roads and heavily sanded roads should normally be marked as forbidden routes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 806.1</comment>
        <translation>地图上的道路，完成时是砂质的或无雪的。一串 V 型标记，穿过道路符号，显示道路不可滑行。无雪的道路，和砂质含量大的道路，通常标记为禁止的路线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unploughed road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 807</comment>
        <translation>未铲雪的道路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road which is not opened for traffic, no skiable track.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 807</comment>
        <translation>交通未开放，没有可滑行的路径。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 808</comment>
        <translation>准备好的区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slalom slopes (alpine skiing slopes) and other areas which are wide, skiable and hard.
The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 808</comment>
        <translation>回转赛坡（高山滑雪坡）及其他区域，宽的，可滑行的，并且坚硬。
准备好的区域的边界用窄的绿色线（ 0.13 mm ）显示，从而可以清晰地识别每个边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area, fill pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 808.0.1</comment>
        <translation>准备好的区域，填充图样</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slalom slopes (alpine skiing slopes) and other areas which are wide, skiable and hard.
The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 808.0.1</comment>
        <translation>回转赛坡（高山滑雪坡）及其他区域，宽的，可滑行的，并且坚硬。
准备好的区域的边界用窄的绿色线（ 0.13 mm ）显示，从而可以清晰地识别每个边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area, boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 801.0.2</comment>
        <translation>准备好的区域，边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 801.0.2</comment>
        <translation>准备好的区域的边界用窄的绿色线（ 0.13 mm ）显示，从而可以清晰地识别每个边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Public snow mobile route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 813</comment>
        <translation>公共的雪地摩托路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A public and marked route for snow mobiles that may be in use during the ski orienteering competition. These routes are often uneven and of varying width and quality. The organizers must inform competitors in the competition instructions about the quality of such routes (e.g. with photographs) and ensure the safety of the competitors by temporarily closing the route, manning the route or by other means informing any snow mobile drivers about the possibility of encountering ski orienteers on the route. If the safety of the competitors can not be guaranteed, the route must be marked as forbidden and safe passages must be ensured.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 813</comment>
        <translation>用于雪地摩托的公共的标记的路线，可以在滑雪定向越野竞赛中使用。这些路线经常不平坦，并且宽度和质量在变化。组织者必须在竞赛说明中将这样的路径的质量向选手发出通知（例如使用图片），并通过临时关闭路径，派人值守路径，或通过其他方式向任何雪地摩托驾驶员发出通知，在路上可能会遇到滑雪定向选手，从而确保选手的安全。如果不能保证选手的安全，路径必须标记为禁止通过，并且必须保证提供安全通道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, forbidden to cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 814</comment>
        <translation>禁止路径，禁止穿过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds and forbidden to cross is shown with a zigzag. The zigzag line should be as continuous as possible. If there is a crossing point over the forbidden route, it shall be presented like a gate by two perpendicular lines over the forbidden route. Also a longer crossing section shall be presented clearly on the map by using the perpendicular lines at the end of the zigzag lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 814</comment>
        <translation>出界并禁止穿越的路径以锯齿线显示。锯齿线应该尽可能连续。如果禁止的路径上有穿越点，那么应该在禁止路径上由两条垂直线像门一样表示。同样，较长的穿越区域应该通过在锯齿线末端的使用垂直线清晰地显示在地图上。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, crossable, line symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 809</comment>
        <translation>禁止的路线，可穿过，线条符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, crossable, single symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 809.0.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止的路线，可穿过，单一符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Equipment deposit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 812</comment>
        <translation>设备放置位置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A deposit for spare equipment in the terrain.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 812</comment>
        <translation>地形上备用设备的放置位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点或发图点（如果不是起点）由指向第一个控件方向的等边三角形显示。三角形的中心表示起点的精确位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>检查点以圆圈显示。圆的中心显示了特征的精确位置。圆圈部分应省略以保留重要的细节。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point and focus point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 810</comment>
        <translation>检查点和焦点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点的代码放置在靠近检查点圆的位置，这样就不会遮住重要的细节。这些数字指向北方。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>在按顺序到访检查点的地方，开始、检查点和终点用直线连接在一起。和重要细节重合的部分应剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>必经路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>地图上用虚线标出路线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点是用两个同心圆表示的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>不可通过的边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>不允许跨越的边界。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>在地图上画出穿过或越过墙或栅栏、穿过公路或铁路、穿过隧道或越界区的通过点，两条线向外弯曲。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area, see also symbol 528, is shown with vertical stripes.
A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
- a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground,
- a dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground,
- no line indicates no marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>用垂直条纹示出了禁区，也参见符号528。
如果没有以下自然边界，则可以绘制边界线：
- 实线表示实地中连续的标记边界（彩带等）；
- 虚线表示实地中的间断性标记；
- 没有线表示实地中没有标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域，实线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>实线表示在禁区的边界地形上有连续标记（警戒带等）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域 ，虚线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>虚线表示在禁区的边界地形上有不连续的标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>危险区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area presenting danger to the competitor is shown with cross-hatched diagonal lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>一个对参赛者有危险的区域用交叉阴影斜线表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>禁止路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds is shown with crosses.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行的路线用交叉表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>饮水站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>不在检查点上的饮水站位置标注。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>简单的线路设计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>此符号提供了一种简单而快速的方法来进行设计培训路线。

紫色线将延伸到终点符号中。这是这种简单方法的缺点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrienteering图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrientering图标。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>小土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small or partly ruined earth wall shall be shown with a dashed line. Minimum height is 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>小的或部分损坏的土墙应该以虚线显示，最小高度为0.5m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>小冲沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully or trench. Minimum depth 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>小的被侵蚀的溪谷或沟渠，最小深度0.5m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>小土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious mound or rocky knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (diameter of mound less than ca. 5 m). The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground. The symbol may not touch a contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>小的明显的土丘或岩丘，无法与等高线成比例绘制（土丘直径小于大约 5m ）。小丘的高度突出周围地面应该最小为 1m 。符号不能接触等高线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>长土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (length less than 12 m and width less than 4 m). The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground. Knolls larger than this must be shown by contours. The symbol may not be drawn in free form or such that two elongated knoll symbols overlap. The symbol may not touch a contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>小的明显的长土丘，无法与等高线成比例绘制（长度小于 12m ，宽度小于 4m ）。小丘的高度突出周围地面应该最小为 1m 。大于此尺寸的小丘应该用等高线绘制。符号不能以自由形式绘制或者使两个小丘符号重叠。符号不能接触等高线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>小凹地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small shallow natural depressions and hollows (minimum diameter 2 m) which cannot be shown to scale by contours are represented by a semicircle. Minimum depth from the surrounding ground should be 1 m. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north. Symbol 116 is used for man-made pits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>小的窄的自然凹地或坑洼（直径至少为 2m ），不能用等高线成比例绘制，要另外用半圆表示。深度低于周围地面应该最小为 1m 。位置在符号的重心处，符号指向北。符号116用于人工土坑。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation>土坑或洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pits and holes with distinct steep sides which cannot be shown to scale by symbol 106 (minimum diameter 2 m). Minimum depth from the surrounding ground should be 1 m. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation>某一侧明显陡直的土坑或洞，不能用符号106成比例地绘制（直径至少 2m）。最小深度低于周围地面应该为 1m 。位置在符号的重心处，符号指向北。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>崎岖的地面，小的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail. The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>太复杂而无法显示细节的土坑或小丘区域。自由放置的点的密度会在根据地面上的细节而变化。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, big</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation>崎岖的地面，大的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The size of the dots may vary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation>点的尺寸会变化。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special land form feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation>特殊地形特征</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol can be used for a special small land form feature. The definition of the symbol must be given in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation>这个符号可以用于特别小的地形特征。符号的定义必须在地图图例中给出。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>岩坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes or mineshafts which may constitute a danger to the runner. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>岩坑、地洞，或矿井，可能对运动员构成危险。位于符号的重心。符号必须向北正置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave is represented by the same symbol as a rocky pit. In this case the symbol should be orientated to point up the slope as indicated opposite. The centre of gravity of the symbol marks the opening.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞与岩坑以同一个符号表示，但表示山洞时，须将其尖端指向等高线较高一侧。符号的重心位于山洞的入口。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which affects going should be shown on the map. The dots should be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>影响行进的碎石或岩石地面应显示在地图上。这些点应根据岩石的数量以一定密度随机分布。至少应使用三个点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>碎石地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which affects going should be shown on the map. The dots should be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>影响行进的碎石或岩石地面应显示在地图上。这些点应根据岩石的数量以一定密度随机分布。至少应使用三个点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>开阔沙地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of soft sandy ground or gravel with no vegetation and where running is slow. Where an area of sandy ground is open but running is good, it is shown as open land (401/402).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>沙质较软的地面或碎石区，无植被，行驶缓慢。沙质土地开阔但行驶良好的地方显示为开阔土地（401/402）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>裸岩地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock without earth or vegetation is shown as bare rock. An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation is shown as open land (401/402).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>没有土壤或植被的可跑岩石区域显示为裸岩。覆盖着草、苔藓或其他低矮植被的岩石区域显示为开阔土地（401/402）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pond</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation>池塘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>水坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>太小而不能成比例显示的注水的土坑或有水的区域。位置在符号的中心处，指向北。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor water channel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>小水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>天然或人造的次要水道，可能仅间歇性地有水。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>森林：奔跑困难</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduce running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>密集的树或灌木区域（视野不好），降低奔跑速度约为正常速度的 20 ~ 60% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>小水沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow to be shown with symbol 310 (less than ca. 5 m wide).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>太窄（小于大约 5m 宽）而无法用符号 310 显示的有水的湿地或溪流。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>不可通行的沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.1</comment>
        <translation>不可通行沼泽-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.2</comment>
        <translation>不可逾越的沼泽-有边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge. The symbol should be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness. Where a small marsh area should be combined with either 403/404 it is permitted to use 401/402 to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>可穿越的沼泽，通常具有明显的边缘。该符号应与植被符号结合使用以显示可跑性和开放性。如果小沼泽地应与403/404结合使用，则可以使用401/402来提高清晰度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>可通行沼泽地最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct or seasonal marsh or area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground. The symbol should be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>明显的或季节性的沼泽或从沼泽逐渐变成硬地的区域，是可通过的。边沿通常清晰，并且植被与周围环境相似。这个符号应该与植被符号结合，来显示可跑性和开阔程度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311.1</comment>
        <translation>不明显沼泽-最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>井</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wells and captive springs, which are clearly visible on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>在地面上清晰可见的井和不流动的泉。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>泉</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The source of a stream with a distinct outflow. The symbol is orientated to open downstream.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>具有明显出口的溪流的源头。符号指向开放的下游。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation>特殊水体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A special small water feature. The definition of the symbol must always be given in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation>一种特殊的小水体。必须在地图图例中给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>灌木丛：可缓慢通过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 60-80% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>密集但视野良好的灌木层，（黑莓树、帚石楠、矮树，以及包括伐倒的树枝），降低跑步速度约为正常速度的 60 ~ 80% 。这个符号可以不与符号 406 或 408 组合。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>灌木丛：难以奔跑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>密集但视野良好的灌木丛，（黑莓树、帚石楠、矮树，以及包括伐倒的树枝），降低跑步速度约为正常速度的 20 ~ 60% 。这个符号可以不与符号 406 或 408 组合。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: very difficult to run, impassable</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>植被：难以奔跑，不可通过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to ca. 0-20% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>植被密集（树或灌木）几乎不能通过的区域。奔跑速度降低到正常速度的大约 0 - 20% 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: very difficult to run, impassable, line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>植被：非常难以奔跑，不可通过，线条</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line of minimum width for symbol 410.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>符号410线条的最小宽度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 1</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation>在一个方向上可奔跑的树林，1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 2</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>在一个方向上可奔跑的树林，2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 3</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>在一个方向上可奔跑的树林，3</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>当树林区域在一个方向上提供了良好的奔跑性，但在其他方向上奔跑性不那么好时，白色条纹留在覆盖符号上，用来显示奔跑性良好的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>耕地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land which is seasonally out-of-bounds due to growing crops may be shown with a black dot screen.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>耕种地，由于种庄稼而季节性地超出边界，可以用覆盖的黑点显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>符号418、419和420可用于特殊的小植被特征。必须在地图图例中分别给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation>符号418、419和420可用于特殊的小植被特征。必须在地图图例中分别给出符号的定义。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Motorway, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation>机动车道，正在施工</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation>正在施工的道路可以用虚线来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major road, minimum width, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>主干道，最小宽度，正在施工</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>正在施工的道路可以用虚线来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor road, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503.1</comment>
        <translation>次要道路，正在施工</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503.1</comment>
        <translation>正在施工的道路可以用虚线来表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>车径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly. Width less than 3 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>土路或保养不好的道路，只适用于机动车缓慢行驶。宽度小于 3 m 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>人行径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A large path, or old vehicle track, which is distinct on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>大的路径，或老的机动车道，在地面上非常明显。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small path or (temporary) forest extraction track which can be followed at competition speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>小路，或树林中（临时）开辟的路径，能够以竞赛速度沿路奔跑。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>不明显小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A less distinct small path or forestry extraction track.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>较不明显的小路或林中开辟的路径。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>小人行桥</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A footbridge with no path leading to it.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>步行桥，没有小路引向它。
注意：如果溪流的宽度大于 0.25 mm ，调整这个符号使它在溪流两侧都延长 0.5 mm ！</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>毁坏的石墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined stone wall may be shown by a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>毁坏的石墙可以用虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>残破围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined fence may be shown with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>毁坏的围栏可以用虚线显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>废墟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size shown opposite. Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>废墟的地面图以比例显示，减小到相对显示的最小尺寸。非常小的废墟可以用实线绘制。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, no dashes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.1</comment>
        <translation>废墟，无虚线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530.1</comment>
        <translation>非常小的废墟可以用实线绘制。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation>废墟最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation>非常小的废墟可以用实线绘制。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Grave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation>坟墓</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct grave marked by a stone or shrine. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north. A cemetery is shown by using grave symbols as space permits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation>以石头或神龛为标志的明显坟墓，位置在符号的重心处，重心向北。在空间允许的情况下，使用坟墓符号来显示墓地。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation>可穿过的管道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level which can be crossed over or under.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation>管道（输气、水、油等），在地面之上，可以从上面或下面穿过。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>石标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial stone or boundary stone (or a trigonometric point in some countries) more than 0.5 m high.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>石标，记号石块或边界石块（或是一些国家的三角点），高度大于 0.5 m 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation>饲料架</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack which is free standing or built on to a tree. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol. For land access reasons these may be omitted.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation>饲料架独立树立或建在树上。位置在符号的重心处。因为是可以接近的地方，所以这些应该省略。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISSkiOM 2019</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green for SkiO</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>绿色用于 SkiO （滑雪定向越野）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>黑色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for railway</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>铁路符号的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>棕色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>轨道符号的紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>轨道符号紫色下面的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 65%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>黑色 65%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>黑色 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>上层棕色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>上层棕色 50%下的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>下层棕色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>下层棕色 50%下的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的黄色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over green</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation>绿色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100%/Green 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation>黄色 100%/绿色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 25% (Grey)</source>
        <comment>Color 25</comment>
        <translation>黑色 25%（灰色）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%/Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation>绿色 100%/黑色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 28</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 29</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for undergrowth</source>
        <comment>Color 30</comment>
        <translation>低矮植被的绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 31</comment>
        <translation>黄色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for open land</source>
        <comment>Color 32</comment>
        <translation>空旷地的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 33</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 34</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充黄色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 35</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>首曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 m. A contour interval of 2.5 m may be used for flat terrains.
Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A closed contour represents a knoll or a depression. A depression has to have at least one slope line. Minimum height/depth should be 1 m.
Relationships between adjacent contour lines are important. Adjacent contour lines show form and structure. Small details on contours should be avoided because they tend to hide the main features of the terrain.
Prominent features such as depressions, re-entrants, spurs, earth banks and terraces may have to be exaggerated.
Absolute height accuracy is of little importance, but the relative height difference between neighbouring features should be represented on the map as accurately as possible. It is permissible to alter the height of a contour slightly if this improves the representation of a feature. This deviation should not exceed 25% of the contour interval, and attention must be paid to neighbouring features.
The smallest bend in a contour line is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 4 m). The mouth of a re-entrant or a spur must be wider than 0.5 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 8 m).
The minimum length of a contour knoll is 0.9 mm (footprint 13.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m) outside measure. Smaller prominent knolls can be represented using symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110) or they can be exaggerated on the map to satisfy the minimum dimension.
A depression must accommodate a slope line, so the minimum length is 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m) outside measure. Smaller, prominent depressions can be represented using symbol Small depression (111) or they can be exaggerated to satisfy the minimum dimension.
Contours should be adapted (not broken) in order not to touch symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高的连接点。等高线之间的标准垂直距离是5米。平坦地形的等高线间距为2.5米。
在等高线的下侧可以画出坡度线，以明确坡度的方向。当使用时，他们应该放在山凹。
闭合的轮廓表示一个小山丘或洼地。凹地必须至少有一条斜线。最低高度/深度应为1米。
相邻的等高线之间的关系很重要。相邻的等高线表示形状和结构。轮廓上的小细节应该避免，因为它们往往掩盖了地形的主要特征。
如洼地、山凹、山凸、土坎和台地等突出的特征可能需要被夸大。
绝对高度精度并不重要，但相邻地物之间的相对高度差应尽可能准确地表示在地图上。允许稍微改变轮廓的高度，如果这样可以改进特征的表示。该偏差不应超过等值线间距的25%，应注意相邻特征。
等高线上的弯道最小为中线至中线0.25毫米(脚印4米)。重入中线或支线的开口，由中线至中线的宽度必须超过0.5毫米(脚印8米)。
轮廓丘的最小长度为0.9毫米(足迹13.5米)，最小宽度为0.6毫米(足迹9米)。小而突出的小山丘可以用符号Small knoll(109)或小而细长的knoll(110)来表示，也可以在地图上夸张以满足最小维度。
洼地必须能容纳一条斜坡线，因此最小长度为1.1毫米(占地16.5米)，最小宽度为0.7毫米(占地10.5米)。更小、突出的凹陷可以用符号Small depression(111)表示，也可以通过夸张来满足最小维度。
为了不接触符号小丘(109)或小伸长丘(110)，轮廓应适应(不破坏)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A depression has to have at least one slope line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线可画在等高线较低一侧，以说明斜坡的方向。使用时，应画在山窝内。
陷地必须绘有至少一条示坡线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface.
An index contour may be represented as an ordinary contour line in an area with much detail. Small contour knolls and depressions are normally not represented using index contours.
The index contour level must be carefully selected in flat terrain. The ideal level for the index contour is the central contour in the most prominent slopes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>每第五条等高线须以较粗的线绘画，俾使读图者快速判读出高度差，及地势的大概形状。
在很细致的区域内，计曲线也可画成一般等高线。表示小丘或陷地的等高线通常不画成计曲线。
在平坦区域内，须小心选择计曲线的高度。计曲线的理想高度是最显著的斜坡的中央。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>等高线注记</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An index contour may have a height value assigned. A height value should only be inserted in an index contour in places where other detail is not obscured. It shall be orientated so that the top of the label is on the higher side of the contour. The index value (label) shall be 1.5 mm high and represented in a sans-serif font.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>可以显示计曲线的高度。高度值不应遮挡其他细节。数字的方向应使得数字的顶部位于等高线较高一侧。高度值须为 1.5 mm 高，并以无衬线体表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>间曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form lines are used where more information must be given about the shape of the ground. Form lines are added only where representation would be incomplete with ordinary contours. They shall not be used as intermediate contours. Only one form line should be used between neighbouring contours. It is very important that a form line fits logically into the contour system, so the start and end of a form line should be parallel to the neighbouring contours. The gaps between the form line dashes must be placed on reasonably straight sections of the form line. Form lines can be used to differentiate flat knolls and depressions from more distinct ones (minimum height / depth should be 1 m). Excessive use of form lines must be avoided as this disturbs the three-dimensional picture of the ground shape and will complicate map reading.
Minimum length (non-closed): two dashes.
Minimum length of a form line, knoll or depression: 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>如果必须提供更多有关地面形状的信息，则使用间曲线。只有在普通等高线不能完整描述地形的情况下才会添加间曲线。它们不得用在等高线之间的中间位置。相邻等高线之间只应使用一条间曲线。间曲线逻辑上和等高线体系吻合非常重要，因此间曲线的起点和终点应与相邻等高线平行。间曲线虚线之间的间隙必须放在间曲线的合理直线部分上。间曲线可用于区分扁平和明显的土丘、洼地（最小高度/深度应为1米）。必须避免过度使用间曲线，因为这会干扰地面形状的三维图像，并使地图阅读复杂化。
最小长度（非闭合）：两段虚线。
最小长度，小丘或凹地：1.1mm（实地长度16.5米）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, formline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>间曲线-示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线来表明下坡方向。使用时，应将它们放置在山凹谷处。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>土崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。
最小高度：1米。土崖可能会影响可跑性。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围。
对于长土崖，末端允许使用短于最小长度的齿线。如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可逾越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。
最小长度：0.6mm（实地长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。
最小高度：1米。土崖可能会影响可跑性。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围。
对于长土崖，末端允许使用短于最小长度的齿线。如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可逾越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。
最小长度：0.6mm（实地长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation>土崖-主线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation>土崖是指地面的高度突然变化，可以与周围环境明显区分开来，例如砾石或沙坑，公路和铁路路堑或堤坝。
最小高度：1米。土崖可能会影响可跑性。齿线表示土崖整个延展范围。
对于长土崖，末端允许使用短于最小长度的齿线。如果两个土崖太靠近，则可以省略齿线。不可逾越的土崖应使用符号 不可翻越的陡崖（201）表示。
最小长度：0.6mm（实地长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>土崖齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>用此符号表示土崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation>土崖最小尺寸 (来自 ISOM2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation>提供从ISOM2000的迁移，不建议在新地图中使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>清晰的土墙。最小高度：1米。
最小长度：1.4mm（实地长度21米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>冲沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully which is too small to be shown using symbol Earth bank (104) is shown by a single line. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.15 mm (footprint 17 m).
Contour lines should not be broken around this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>侵蚀沟太小不能用符号土崖（104）显示，则通过冲沟单线表示。最小深度：1米。
最小长度：1.15mm（实地长度17米）。
此符号周围的等高线可以不剪断。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>小土丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious mound or knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour.
Minimum height: 1 m.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Footprint: 7.5 m x 7.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>明显的土墩或小丘，无法用等高线按比例绘制。
最小高度：1米。
符号不得和等高线接触或重叠。
符号占地面积：7.5米x7.5米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation>小凹地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small depression or hollow without steep sides that is too small to be shown by contours.
Minimum depth: 1 m, minimum width: 2 m.
Small depressions with steep sides are represented with symbol Pit (112).
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation>小凹陷或没有陡边小洞，太小无法用等高线表示。
最小深度：1米，最小宽度：2米。
具有陡边的小凹地用符号 土坑（112）表示。
符号不得与其他棕色符号接触或重叠。位置是符号的重心，符号朝向北方。
符号占地面积： 12米 x 6米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>陡崖、采石场或者土崖，其高度和陡峭程度使其无法翻越/攀登或具有危险性。
对于垂直的岩石面，如果其空间较窄，齿线可以被省略；顶部的横线末端可以是圆形或者方形，可以在横线的两端用更短一些的齿线。
在地图上，两个不可翻越特征物符号之间最小的间隙不少于0.25mm。
当不可翻越的陡崖垂直立在水的边上时，如果人不能从陡崖下面的水边翻越，水岸线应省略，陡崖的齿线可以延伸到面状符号里面或者是陡崖的短齿线要清楚地延伸到水的堤岸线上来表示这个细节。不能可翻越的陡崖的符号要和等高线互相对应。
最小长度： 0.6mm ( 实际长度最小9米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>陡崖、采石场或者土崖，其高度和陡峭程度使其无法翻越/攀登或具有危险性。
对于垂直的岩石面，如果其空间较窄，齿线可以被省略；顶部的横线末端可以是圆形或者方形，可以在横线的两端用更短一些的齿线。
在地图上，两个不可翻越特征物符号之间最小的间隙不少于0.25mm。
当不可翻越的陡崖垂直立在水的边上时，如果人不能从陡崖下面的水边翻越，水岸线应省略，陡崖的齿线可以延伸到面状符号里面或者是陡崖的短齿线要清楚地延伸到水的堤岸线上来表示这个细节。不能可翻越的陡崖的符号要和等高线互相对应。
最小长度： 0.6mm ( 实际长度最小9米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, plan shape representation (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖，平面形状表示（来自 ISOM2000）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>提供从ISOM2000的迁移，不建议在新地图中使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>陡崖-主线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>陡崖、采石场或者土崖，其高度和陡峭程度使其无法翻越/攀登或具有危险性。
对于垂直的岩石面，如果其空间较窄，齿线可以被省略；顶部的横线末端可以是圆形或者方形，可以在横线的两端用更短一些的齿线。
在地图上，两个不可翻越特征物符号之间最小的间隙不少于0.25mm。
当不可翻越的陡崖垂直立在水的边上时，如果人不能从陡崖下面的水边翻越，水岸线应省略，陡崖的齿线可以延伸到面状符号里面或者是陡崖的短齿线要清楚地延伸到水的堤岸线上来表示这个细节。不能可翻越的陡崖的符号要和等高线互相对应。
最小长度： 0.6mm ( 实际长度最小9米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>陡崖-齿线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>使用此符号可以显示宽悬崖的整个延展范围。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的陡崖最小尺寸 (来自 ISOM2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation>提供从ISOM2000的迁移，不建议在新地图中使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>可以翻越的陡崖、采石场。如果从等高线上不能明显反映出陡崖的低的方向，或者是为了提高地图的易读性，陡崖的短齿线可以指向下坡的方向来表达。
对于那种非垂直的可翻越陡崖，齿线可以画到整个坡面延伸水平范围。两个陡崖之间最小的间隙不少于0.2mm。陡崖要和等高线互相对应。
通常情况下，翻越这种陡崖地形时会降低行进的速度。
最小高度： 1米。
最小长度：0.6mm（实际长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation>可通的过陡崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation>可以翻越的陡崖、采石场。如果从等高线上不能明显反映出陡崖的低的方向，或者是为了提高地图的易读性，陡崖的短齿线可以指向下坡的方向来表达。
对于那种非垂直的可翻越陡崖，齿线可以画到整个坡面延伸水平范围。两个陡崖之间最小的间隙不少于0.2mm。陡崖要和等高线互相对应。
通常情况下，翻越这种陡崖地形时会降低行进的速度。
最小高度： 1米。
最小长度：0.6mm（实际长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation>可翻越的陡崖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation>可以翻越的陡崖、采石场。如果从等高线上不能明显反映出陡崖的低的方向，或者是为了提高地图的易读性，陡崖的短齿线可以指向下坡的方向来表达。
对于那种非垂直的可翻越陡崖，齿线可以画到整个坡面延伸水平范围。两个陡崖之间最小的间隙不少于0.2mm。陡崖要和等高线互相对应。
通常情况下，翻越这种陡崖地形时会降低行进的速度。
最小高度： 1米。
最小长度：0.6mm（实际长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation>可翻越陡崖最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation>可以翻越的陡崖、采石场。如果从等高线上不能明显反映出陡崖的低的方向，或者是为了提高地图的易读性，陡崖的短齿线可以指向下坡的方向来表达。
对于那种非垂直的可翻越陡崖，齿线可以画到整个坡面延伸水平范围。两个陡崖之间最小的间隙不少于0.2mm。陡崖要和等高线互相对应。
通常情况下，翻越这种陡崖地形时会降低行进的速度。
最小高度： 1米。
最小长度：0.6mm（实际长度9米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation>可翻越陡崖最小尺寸(来自 ISOM2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation>提供从ISOM2000的迁移，不建议在新地图中使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>石块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct boulder (should be higher than 1 m), which is immediately identifiable on the ground. Groups of boulders are represented using symbol Boulder cluster (207) or a boulder field symbol (208, 209).
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to enlarge the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 6 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>非常明显的大石头（应高于1米），在地面上可以很容易看到。当有很多的大石头的时候，使用符号 石群（207）或石块地（208、209）来表示。
为了能够显示相邻（距离小于30米）的大石头在尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许将某些大石头的符号放大到0.5mm。
符号占地尺寸：直径6米（直径7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder or large boulder, different size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation>不同尺寸的石块或大石块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boulder which is larger than neighboring boulders (204), or a large boulder which is smaller than neighboring large boulders (205).

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) boulders (204) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an enlargement of symbol 204 for some of the boulders.

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) large boulders (205) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an as a reduction of symbol 205 for some of the boulders.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation>大于相邻大石（204）的石头，或者小于相邻巨石（205）的巨石。
为了能够显示相邻的（距离少于30米）大石（204）在尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许使用此符号（0.5 mm）作为对某些符号204的放大石头。

为了能够显示相邻的（距离少于30米）巨石（205）在尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许使用此符号（0.5 mm）作为对某些符号205
的缩小巨石。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. A large boulder should be more than 2 m high.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) large boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to reduce the size of the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 9 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>特别大而明显的大石头，应该超过2米高。
为了能够显示相邻（ 相距不超过30米）大型巨石尺寸上明显的区别，允许将某些巨石的符号缩小到0.5mm。
符号占地尺寸： 直径 9 米（ 直径7.5米） 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>大巨石或岩石柱</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gigantic boulder, rock pillar or massive cliff shall be represented in plan shape. The objects can vary in shape and width.
The gap between gigantic boulders or between gigantic boulders and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.15 mm on the map.
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.75 m).
Minimum area: 0.3 mm² (footprint 67 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>超大的石头 、柱状岩石或巨大的悬崖应该用其平面外形表 示 ，以反映物体的形状和宽度的差异。
在地图上，大巨石之间或大巨石与其他无法通行的特征物符号之间的距离必须超过0.15mm。
最小宽度：0.25mm（ 实际宽度3.75米 ） 。
最小面积：0.3mm² （ 实际面积67米² ） 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The boulders in the cluster should be higher than 1 m.
A boulder cluster must be easily identifiable as a group of boulders.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol to 120% (edge length 0.96 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 10 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>很多的大石头紧密聚集在一起，无法单独标记，这时候用石群符号表示。石群中的大石头应高于1米。
石群必须易于识别为一组巨石。
为了能够显示相邻（ 最大相距 30米）石群尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许将某些石群符号放大120％（ 边长0.96mm） 。
符号指向北方。
实际尺寸：12米 x 10米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation>大的石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to use this symbol instead of regular Boulder cluster (207) for some of the boulder clusters.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation>为了能够显示相邻（ 最大相距 30米）石群尺寸大小上明显的区别，允许对一些石群使用此符号而不是常规石群（207）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>一个区域有很多分散分布的大石头，无法对这些大石头单独标记，这种地形用随机放置边长比为8:6:5的实心三角形（内角92.9, 48.5,38.6）符号来表示。通常石块地这种地形的可跑性不会受影响，如果可跑性明显降低就应使用符号209（密集石块地）来表示，或者将石块地符号与碎石地符号组合在一起来使用。
最小的石块地符号至少要包括两个三角形。如果它与其他岩石符号组合使用，（例如直接在陡崖符号（201,202）下方，与巨石符号（204-206）相邻或与碎石地符号（210-212）组合），则可以使用一个三角形。
相邻三角形中心之间的最大距离为1.2mm，最小距离为0.75mm。
密度：0.8-1个/mm²。在一个巨石场内为了能够表示不同巨石间 的明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形放大到120％。
单个三角形符号占地尺寸：12米 x 6米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>单点符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>一个区域有很多分散分布的大石头，无法对这些大石头单独标记，这种地形用随机放置边长比为8:6:5的实心三角形（内角92.9, 48.5,38.6）符号来表示。通常石块地这种地形的可跑性不会受影响，如果可跑性明显降低就应使用符号209（密集石块地）来表示，或者将石块地符号与碎石地符号组合在一起来使用。
最小的石块地符号至少要包括两个三角形。如果它与其他岩石符号组合使用，（例如直接在陡崖符号（201,202）下方，与巨石符号（204-206）相邻或与碎石地符号（210-212）组合），则可以使用一个三角形。
相邻三角形中心之间的最大距离为1.2mm，最小距离为0.75mm。
密度：0.8-1个/mm²。在一个巨石场内为了能够表示不同巨石间 的明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形放大到120％。
单个三角形符号占地尺寸：12米 x 6米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>大的单点符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>在一个巨石场内为了能够表示不同巨石间 的明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形放大到120％。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dense boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>密集石块地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually and the runnability is affected, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A minimum of two triangles must be used.
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.6 mm.
Density: 2-3 symbols / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>一个区域有很多大石头，无法单独标记，且可跑性受到很大影响，这种地形用随机放置边长比为8:6:5的实心三角形（内角92.9, 48.5,38.6）的符号来表示。必须至少使用两个三角形。
相邻三角形中心之间的最大距离为0.6mm。
密度：2-3个/mm²。在一个密集石块地内为了能够表示不同巨石间的明显的高度差异，允许将一些三角形放大到120％。
单个三角形符号占地尺寸：12米 x 6米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Body of water that shall not be crossed, with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>不应该穿过的水体，带有水岸线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is not covered with ice or shall not be crossed, the colour of the area shall be 100% blue. A black bank line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>当水体没有被冰覆盖，或不应该穿过时，区域的颜色应该为 100% 蓝色。黑色水岸线指示了不应穿过的特征。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Body of water that shall not be crossed</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation>不应该穿过的水体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is not covered with ice or shall not be crossed, the colour of the area shall be 100% blue. A black bank line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation>当水体没有被冰覆盖，或不应该穿过时，区域的颜色应该为 100% 蓝色。黑色水岸线指示了不应穿过的特征。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Body of water that shall not be crossed, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation>不应该穿过的水体，水岸线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation>黑色水岸线指示了不应穿过的特征。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water, with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>可穿过的水体，带有水岸线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is allowed to be crossed, the colour shall be 50% blue. The bank line of the crossable waterbody is presented in ski orienteering map like in ISOM Shallow body of water (302).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>当允许穿过水体时，颜色应该为 50% 蓝色。在滑雪定向越野地图中，可穿过水体的水岸线像ISOM的浅水体（ 302 ）一样表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation>可通行水体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is allowed to be crossed, the colour shall be 50% blue. The bank line of the crossable waterbody is presented in ski orienteering map like in ISOM Shallow body of water (302).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation>当允许穿过水体时，颜色应该为 50% 蓝色。在滑雪定向越野地图中，可穿过水体的水岸线像ISOM的浅水体（ 302 ）一样表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation>可穿过的水体，水岸线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The bank line of the crossable waterbody is presented in ski orienteering map like in ISOM Shallow body of water (302).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation>在滑雪定向越野地图中，可穿过水体的水岸线像ISOM的浅水体（ 302 ）一样表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation>可涉水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be at least 2 m wide.
Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation>应该至少宽2米。
最小长度(单独):1mm(实地长度15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>可涉小水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>最小长度(单独):1mm(实地长度15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh (in ski orienteering map)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>沼泽（在滑雪定向越野地图中）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The marshes shall be shown with the same symbol as Indistinct marsh (310) in the orienteering map specification, so that the track symbols drawn can be read more clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>应该用与定向地图规范中不清晰的沼泽（ 310 ）相同的符号来显示沼泽，从而能够更清晰地识别绘制的路径符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land that has a ground cover (grass, moss or similar) which offers better runnability than typical open forest. If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than Broken ground (113), Boulder field (208), Marsh (308) and Indistinct marsh (310).
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>具有地面覆盖物(草、苔藓或类似物)的开阔土地，比典型的可跑树林具有更好的可跑性。如果地图上黄色区域面积较多时，可以使用75%黄色。
不得与 坑洼地(113)、石块地(208)、可通行沼泽(308)和 不明显的沼泽(310)以外的面状符号组合。
最小面积:0.55mm x 0.55mm (实地面积8米 x 8米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>稀树空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Prominent individual trees may be added using symbol Prominent large tree (417). If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than symbol Broken ground (113), symbol Boulder field (208) or marsh symbols (308, 310).
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>在空旷地上散布零星树木或灌木的区域可以使用黄色网屏上有规则的大圆点来概括。这些点可以是白色的(分散的树)或绿色的(分散的灌木/灌木丛)。可以使用符号突出的大树(417)添加突出个体树。如果地图上黄色区域面积较大时，可以使用 75%黄色。
不得与坑洼地(113)、石块地(208)或者沼泽符号 (308、310) 以外的面状符号组合。
最小宽度:1.5mm(实地宽度22.5米)。
最小面积:2mm x 2mm(占地面积30米 x 30米)。
较小的区域必须被删除，或夸大使用符号 空旷地(401)表示。
这个符号是朝北的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>凌乱空旷地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass offering the same runnability as typical open forest.
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>荒野、高沼地、砍伐区、新种植区(低于约1米的树木)或其他具有粗糙地面植被、石楠或高草的空旷地带，与典型的可跑树林具有相同的可跑性。
可与慢跑底层植被（407）或慢行底层植被（409）组合使用。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm(实地面积15米 x 15米)。
较小的区域必须被删除，或夸大使用符号 空旷地(401）标示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>稀树凌乱空旷地(乔木)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in rough open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm (footprint 37.5 m x 37.5 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Rough open land (403).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>在凌乱的空旷地上分散布零星树木或灌木的区域可以使用黄色网屏上规则的大圆点来概括。
这些点可以是白色的(分散的树)或绿色的(分散的灌木/灌木丛)。只有白点型态可以与符号植被相结合：慢跑底层植被(407)或 慢行底层植被(409)，以显示可跑性降低。
符号朝北。
最小宽度：1.5mm (实地面积22.5米)。
最小面积：2.5mmx2.5mm (实地面积37.5米 x 37.5米)。
较小的区域必须删除，或夸大使用符号凌乱空旷地（403)表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>好跑树林</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typical open forest for the particular type of terrain. If no part of the forest is easily runnable then no white should appear on the map.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m) for openings in screens of other colours, except for the following:
For openings in symbol Open land (401), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: walk (408), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: fight (410) the minimum area is 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>特殊地形的典型开阔森林。如果没有可跑的树林，那么地图上就不应该出现白色。
最小面积：除了下面的符号外，在其他颜色网屏开孔最小面积是1mm x1mm（实地面积15米X 15米）：
空旷地（401）开孔最小面积是0.7mm x 0.7mm（实地面积10.5米 x10.5米）。
符号慢行植被（408）开孔最小面积是0.7mm x 0.7mm（实地面积10.5米 x10.5米）。
符号难行植被（410）的开孔最小面积为0.55mm x 0.55mm(实地面积8 米x8米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>慢跑植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>植被茂密（低能见度）的区域，奔跑速度减少到正常速度的60-80％ 。
在一个方向上可跑性更好的情况下，网屏上留下规则的白色条纹图案，以显示更好的奔跑方向。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm（实地面积15米 x 15米）。
最小宽度：0.4mm（实地面积6米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation>单向慢跑植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation>植被茂密（低能见度）的区域，奔跑速度减少到正常速度的60-80％ 。
在一个方向上可跑性更好的情况下，网屏上留下规则的白色条纹图案，以显示更好的奔跑方向。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm（实地面积15米 x 15米）。
最小宽度：0.4mm（实地面积6米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.4</comment>
        <translation>慢跑林(线状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.4</comment>
        <translation>植被密集（低可见性）的区域，降低了奔跑速度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>果园(空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>种植树木或灌木的土地，通常是规则的。点线可以定向为显示种植方向。
必须与符号 空旷地（401）或 凌乱空旷地(403)组合使用。
可与符号慢跑底层植被（407）或 慢行底层植被（409）组合使用以显示减低的可跑性。
最小面积：2mm x 2mm（实地面积30 米 x 30米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation>果园(凌乱空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation>种植树木或灌木的土地，通常是规则的。点线可以定向为显示种植方向。
必须与符号 空旷地（401）或 凌乱空旷地(403)组合使用。
可与符号慢跑底层植被（407）或 慢行底层植被（409）组合使用以显示减低的可跑性。
最小面积：2mm x 2mm（实地面积30 米 x 30米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园或类似植被(空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园或类似的耕栽培地， 有密集的植物行列， 在种植方向上有良好或正常的可跑性。 线的方向需显示种植方向。至少应有三条线清晰可见。必须与符号 空旷地（401）或 凌乱空旷地（403）组合使用。
最小面积： 2mm x 2mm （ 实地面积30m米 x 30米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园或类似植被(凌乱空旷地)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation>葡萄园或类似的耕栽培地， 有密集的植物行列， 在种植方向上有良好或正常的可跑性。 线的方向需显示种植方向。至少应有三条线清晰可见。必须与符号 空旷地（401）或 凌乱空旷地（403）组合使用。
最小面积： 2mm x 2mm （ 实地面积30m米 x 30米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>明显耕地边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary of cultivated land vegetation (symbols 401, 412, 413, 414) or a boundary between areas of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.).
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>耕作地和植被（符号401 , 412 , 413 , 414）的边界或耕地区域之间未显示其他符号（ 栅栏 ，墙 ，路径等）的边界。
最小长度 ： 2mm（ 占地面积30米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>明显植被边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or vegetation boundary within the forest.
Very distinct forest edges and vegetation boundaries may be represented using the cultivation boundary symbol. Only one of the vegetation boundary symbols (black dotted line or dashed green line) can be used on a map. For areas with a lot of rock features, it is recommended to use the green dashed line for vegetation boundaries.
A disadvantage with a green line is that it cannot be used to show distinct vegetation boundaries around and within symbol Vegetation: fight (410). An alternative for these situations is to use symbol Distinct cultivation boundary (415).
Minimum length, black dot implementation: 5 dots (2.5 mm - footprint 37 m).
Minimum length, green line implementation: 4 dashes (1.8 mm - footprint 27 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>树林中明显的树林边缘或植被边界。
非常明显的树林边缘和植被边界可以使用耕作地边界符号来表示。在地图上只能使用一个植被分界线符号（黑色虚线或绿色虚线）。对于具有大量岩石特征的区域，推荐使用绿色虚线表示植被分界线。
绿线的一个缺点是它不能用于在符号难行植被（410） 周围和内部表示明显的植被边界。这些情况的替代方案是使用符号 耕作地分界线（415） 。
最小长度， 黑点： 5点（ 2.5mm - 实地长度37米）。
最小长度， 绿线： 4 段虚线（1.8mm - 实地长度27米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>特殊植被</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>符号朝北。
这个符号的含义必须在地图上注明。
符号占地面积：13.5米×13.5米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation>表面稳固的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。 铺装面应该用一条细黑线作为边界或边框将其明显区分。
最小面积: 1mm x 1mm (实地面积15米 x 15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation>表面稳固的区域，如沥青、硬砾石、瓷砖、混凝土等。 铺装面应该用一条细黑线作为边界或边框将其明显区分。
最小面积: 1mm x 1mm (实地面积15米 x 15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>铺装区域-边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>铺装面应该用一条细黑线作为边界或边框将其明显区分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>公路(最小宽度)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>路的宽度应该按比例进行绘制，但不得小于最小宽度(0.3+2*0.14 mm - 占地面积 8.7米)。如果其他地图符号离道路边缘太近而不能使用各自符号时，则外部边界线可以替换为其他黑线符号，如符号 栅栏(516)、不可通行栅栏(518)、墙(513) 或 不可翻越的墙(515)。
两条黑线之间填充棕色（50％）。
具有两条车道的道路可以用两个公路符号并排表示,中间只保留一条道路边缘。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, 0.5 mm (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>宽的道路，0.5 mm（来自ISOM2000）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>提供从ISOM2000的迁移，不建议在新地图中使用此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road with two carriageways</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation>双向多车道公路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation>路的宽度应该按比例进行绘制，但不得小于最小宽度(0.3+2*0.14 mm - 占地面积 8.7米)。如果其他地图符号离道路边缘太近而不能使用各自符号时，则外部边界线可以替换为其他黑线符号，如符号 栅栏(516)、不可通行栅栏(518)、墙(513) 或 不可翻越的墙(515)。
两条黑线之间填充棕色（50％）。
具有两条车道的道路可以用两个公路符号并排表示,中间只保留一条道路边缘。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>公路(＜5m)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>全天候适合机动车辆行驶的有维护道路，宽度小于5 米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>车径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly. For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (6.25 mm - footprint 94 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>车辆只能以低速行驶的道路或缺乏保养的公路。对于明显的道路交汇点， 符号的虚线在交汇点连接。
不明显的交汇点，符号不用在交汇点连接。
最小长度(单独)： 两条虚线 (6.25mm - 实地长度94米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>窄林道或可通过地表的线迹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Without background: the same runnability as the surroundings.
Yellow 100%: easy running.
White in green: normal runnability.
Green 30%: slow running.
Green 60%: walk.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>一条通过地形的森林驿道或明显的径痕（森林采伐道，沙质道，滑雪道 ），但没有清晰可跑路径 。可跑性使用稍微粗一点的黄色、绿色或白色线作为背景来显示的。
没有外轮廓线：可跑性与周围环境一样 。
黄色100% : 易跑。
绿底白条: 正常奔跑。
绿30% : 慢跑。
绿60% : 步行。
最小长度：两段虚线(3.25mm - 实地长度48米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, easy running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation>窄林道(易跑)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation>一条通过地形的森林驿道或明显的径痕（森林采伐道，沙质道，滑雪道 ），但没有清晰可跑路径 。可跑性使用稍微粗一点的黄色、绿色或白色线作为背景来显示的。
最小长度：两段虚线(3.25mm - 实地长度48米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, normal runnability</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation>窄林道(正常奔跑)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation>一条通过地形的森林驿道或明显的径痕（森林采伐道，沙质道，滑雪道 ），但没有清晰可跑路径 。可跑性使用稍微粗一点的黄色、绿色或白色线作为背景来显示的。
最小长度：两段虚线(3.25mm - 实地长度48米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation>窄林道(慢跑)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation>一条通过地形的森林驿道或明显的径痕（森林采伐道，沙质道，滑雪道 ），但没有清晰可跑路径 。可跑性使用稍微粗一点的黄色、绿色或白色线作为背景来显示的。
最小长度：两段虚线(3.25mm - 实地长度48米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>铁路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track.
If it is forbidden to run along the railway, it shall be combined with symbol Out-of-bounds route (711). If it is forbidden to cross the railway, it must be combined with symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) or Out-of-bounds area (709).
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4 mm - footprint 60 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>铁路或其他类型的铁轨。
如果禁止沿铁路通行, 则应与符号 禁止通行线路 (711) 相结合。 如果禁止穿越铁路, 则必须与 不可通过区域(520) 或 禁止通行区域(709) 的符号相结合。
最小长度 ( 单独) : 两条虚线 (4mm - 实地长度60米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation>电线、索道或缆车</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The line may be broken to improve legibility.
If a section of a power line, cableway or skilift goes along a road or path (and does not offer significant additional navigational value) it should be omitted.
Minimum length (isolated): 5 mm (footprint: 75 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation>输电线, 索道或滑雪缆车。 符号中短横线表示塔的实际位置。 为了提高地图可读性，符号有可能断开。
如果电线、索道、滑雪缆车的某一段沿着道路或小路并行或重叠(并且没有显著的附加导航价值),则应该省略该路线段。
最小长度 (单独): 5 mm (实地长度: 75米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility.
Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation>高压输电线应该用双线绘制。两条线之间的距离可以表示出实地电线的宽度。为了提高可读性，这些线可以断开。符号中短横线表示塔的实际位置。
非常大的电线塔应该用 建筑物（521）或高塔（524）表示电线塔的轮廓。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation>高压输电线应该用双线绘制。两条线之间的距离可以表示出实地电线的宽度。为了提高可读性，这些线可以断开。符号中短横线表示塔的实际位置。非常大的电线塔应该用 建筑物（521）或高塔（524）表示电线塔的轮廓。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, large carrying masts</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation>主输电线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol 521 (building) or with symbol 524 (high tower).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation>高压输电线应该用双线绘制。两条线之间的距离可以表示出实地电线的宽度。为了提高可读性，这些线可以断开。非常大的电线塔应该用 建筑物（521）或高塔（524）表示电线塔的轮廓。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>桥梁/隧道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>桥梁和隧道使用相同的基本符号表示。
如果无法通过隧道(或桥下)，应该省略。
最小长度 (基线): 0.4mm (实地长度 6米)。
连接路径的小桥用路径符号的虚线中心跨越交汇点表示。路径在穿过水道交叉处打断表示没有桥梁。没有连接路径的小人行桥用一条短划线表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation>桥梁/隧道(最小尺寸)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation>桥梁和隧道使用相同的基本符号表示。
如果无法通过隧道(或桥下)，应该省略。
最小长度 (基线): 0.4mm (实地长度 6米)。
连接路径的小桥用路径符号的虚线中心跨越交汇点表示。路径在穿过水道交叉处打断表示没有桥梁。没有连接路径的小人行桥用一条短划线表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation>小人行桥</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25 mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5 mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation>连接路径的小桥用路径符号的虚线中心跨越交汇点表示。
注意：如果水道的宽度大于0.25毫米，请调整此符号，使其在水道的两侧延伸0.5毫米！</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation>墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A significant wall of stone, concrete, wood or other materials.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation>由石头、混凝土、木材或其他材料组成的明显的墙。
最小高度: 1 米。
最小长度 ( 单独) : 1.4mm ( 实地尺寸21米) 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越的高墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable wall, normally more than 1.5 m high.
Minimum length (isolated): 3 mm (footprint 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>不可通过或不可跨越的高墙，通常超过1.5米高。
最小长度(单独): 3mm (实地尺寸45米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>如果栅栏形成一个封闭的区域, 则齿线应朝向区域内部。
最小长度 (单独): 1.5 mm (实地尺寸22.5米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越高围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable fence, normally more than 1.5 m high.
If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越或不可翻越的栅栏，通常超过1.5米高。
如果栅栏围成一个封闭的区域, 则齿线应朝向区域内部。
最小长度 (单独): 2 mm (实地尺寸30米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>可通过口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way through or over a wall, fence or other linear feature, including a gate or stile.
For impassable features, the line shall be broken at the crossing point. For passable features, the line shall not be broken if passing involves a degree of climb.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>穿过或通过墙壁、栅栏或其他线状特征物的通道，包括门或阶 梯。
对于不可通行的特征物，应在通过点断开该线。对于可通行的特征，如果通过涉及一定程度的爬坡，则不得剪断该线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>不可通过区域(禁区)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>不可通行区域是指如私人住宅、花园、工厂或其他工业区。 只有等高线和突出特征物，如轨道和大型建筑物，应显示在不可通行区域内。垂直黑色条纹可用于表示完整地形的重要区域（例如，当森林的一部分是禁区时）。当路径穿过禁区时，应断开此区域符号。
边界明显的禁区应以黑色边界线或其他黑色线为界，如果边界不明显，则不得出现黑线。
线路设计符号709可用于临时禁区区域。
禁区符号的垂直黑色条纹版本朝向北方。
不得进入禁区。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm (实际尺寸15米 x 15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, solid colour, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation>禁区边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation>边界明显的禁区应以黑色边界线或其他黑色线为界，如果边界不明显，则不得出现黑线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation>不可翻越区域(条状禁区)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation>不可通行区域是指如私人住宅、花园、工厂或其他工业区。 只有等高线和突出特征物，如轨道和大型建筑物，应显示在不可通行区域内。垂直黑色条纹可用于表示完整地形的重要区域（例如，当森林的一部分是禁区时）。当路径穿过禁区时，应断开此区域符号。
边界明显的禁区应以黑色边界线或其他黑色线为界，如果边界不明显，则不得出现黑线。
线路设计符号709可用于临时禁区区域。
禁区符号的垂直黑色条纹版本朝向北方。
不得进入禁区。
最小面积：1mm x 1mm (实际尺寸15米 x 15米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation>条状禁区边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation>边界明显的禁区应以黑色边界线或其他黑色线为界，如果边界不明显，则不得出现黑线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>不可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>在比例允许的情况下， 建筑物要显示底层平面图。
在城市地区，大于75米 x 75米的建筑物可以用深灰色填充表示。
穿过建筑物的通道必须具有0.3mm的最小宽度（ 实际尺寸4.5米）。
禁止区域内的建筑物是概括的。
完全包含在建筑物内的区域不应绘制（应表示为建筑物的一部 分）。表示建筑物之间、建筑物与其他不可通行特征之间的最小间隙应为0.4mm。
最小面积: 0.5mm x 0.5mm（ 实地尺寸7.5米 x 7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation>建筑物最小尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation>在比例允许的情况下， 建筑物要显示底层平面图。
在城市地区，大于75米 x 75米的建筑物可以用深灰色填充表示。
穿过建筑物的通道必须具有0.3mm的最小宽度（ 实际尺寸4.5米）。
禁止区域内的建筑物是概括的。
完全包含在建筑物内的区域不应绘制（应表示为建筑物的一部 分）。表示建筑物之间、建筑物与其他不可通行特征之间的最小间隙应为0.4mm。
最小面积: 0.5mm x 0.5mm（ 实地尺寸7.5米 x 7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation>大的不可通过建筑物(有边界)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation>在比例允许的情况下， 建筑物要显示底层平面图。
在城市地区，大于75米 x 75米的建筑物可以用深灰色填充表示。
穿过建筑物的通道必须具有0.3mm的最小宽度（ 实际尺寸4.5米）。
禁止区域内的建筑物是概括的。
完全包含在建筑物内的区域不应绘制（应表示为建筑物的一部 分）。表示建筑物之间、建筑物与其他不可通行特征之间的最小间隙应为0.4mm。
最小面积: 0.5mm x 0.5mm（ 实地尺寸7.5米 x 7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation>大的不可通过建筑物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation>在比例允许的情况下， 建筑物要显示底层平面图。
在城市地区，大于75米 x 75米的建筑物可以用深灰色填充表示。
穿过建筑物的通道必须具有0.3mm的最小宽度（ 实际尺寸4.5米）。
禁止区域内的建筑物是概括的。
完全包含在建筑物内的区域不应绘制（应表示为建筑物的一部 分）。表示建筑物之间、建筑物与其他不可通行特征之间的最小间隙应为0.4mm。
最小面积: 0.5mm x 0.5mm（ 实地尺寸7.5米 x 7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation>大的不可通过建筑物边界线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation>在比例允许的情况下， 建筑物要显示底层平面图。
在城市地区，大于75米 x 75米的建筑物可以用深灰色填充表示。
穿过建筑物的通道必须具有0.3mm的最小宽度（ 实际尺寸4.5米）。
禁止区域内的建筑物是概括的。
完全包含在建筑物内的区域不应绘制（应表示为建筑物的一部 分）。表示建筑物之间、建筑物与其他不可通行特征之间的最小间隙应为0.4mm。
最小面积: 0.5mm x 0.5mm（ 实地尺寸7.5米 x 7.5米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>高塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon. If it is in a forest, it must be visible above the level of the surrounding forest.Towers with a larger footprint must be represented using symbol Building (521).
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 21 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>高塔或大型的塔。如果它位于森林中，则必须在周围森林的上方可见。具有较大占地面积的塔必须使用符号 建筑物（521） 表示。
符号方向朝北。
符号占地尺寸： 直径21米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>小塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious small tower, platform or seat.
Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 15 m x 15 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>明显的小塔、平台或座位。
位置位于符号的重心。
符号方向朝北。
符号占地尺寸: 15米 x 15米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent impassable line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>突出的不可翻越线状特征物</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable man-made line feature. For example, a high pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>明显的无法翻越的人造线状特征物。例如，高大管道（气、水、油、供热等）或雪橇/骨架轨道。符号的定义必须标明在地图上。
最小长度：2mm （实际尺寸 30 米）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – ring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>突出的人造特征物-⚪</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>位置位于符号的重心处。
符号的定义必须标明在地图上。
符号占地尺寸：直径12米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – x</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>特殊人造地物 – x</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>位置位于符号的重心处。
符号方向朝北。
符号的定义必须标明在地图上。
符号占地尺寸: 12 米 x 12米。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线(面状)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The place where the orienteering starts. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position where the orienteering course starts. The start must be on a clearly identifiable point on the map. The triangle points in the direction of the first control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>定向赛程的起点。三角形的中心位于赛程的确切起点。起点须为图上一个能够清晰辨认的点。三角形指向第一个检查点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Map issue point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>发图点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If there is a marked route to the start point, the map issue point is marked using this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>倘若有指定路线前往起点，则派发地图的位置以此符号表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point and focus point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点和焦点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The focus point (i.e. the point in the centre of a control circle) shall be used to clarify the exact position of a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>焦点（即位于检查点圆中心的点）应该用于使检查点的精确位置清晰。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail.
The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>检查点的序号要放置在靠近检查点符号圆圈而又不掩盖地图重要细节的位置上。
序号要朝向北。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>检查点连线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the sequence is shown using straight lines from the start to the first control and then from each control to the next one. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing. The line should be drawn via mandatory crossing points. There should be gaps between the line and the control circle in order to increase the readability of the underlying detail close to the control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>按顺序到访的检查点，要使用直线从起点、逐一检查点、终点依次连接起来。遇到重要的细节特征时，应该裁剪局部线段。为了增强检查点符号圆圈周围的细节特征的可读性，连线与检查点符号圆圈之间可以有适当的间隙。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The end of the course.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点（同心圆）表示路线结束。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>必经路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route that is a part of the course. It is mandatory to follow the marked route.
Minimum length: 2 dashes (4.5 mm – footprint: 67.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>比赛线路上有标记引导部分。必须按标记引导通过该路段。
最小长度：2段虚线(4.5mm-实地长度：67.5米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
– a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) in the terrain,
– a dashed line indicates intermittent marking in the terrain,
– no line indicates no marking in the terrain.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域，禁区如果没有自然边界，可以画一条边界，如下所示:
– 实线表示在禁区的边界地形上有连续标记（警戒带等）。
– 虚线表示在禁区的边界地形上有不连续的标记。
– 无边线表示禁区的边界地形上没有标记。
禁区是指禁止进入的区域。
最小面积：2mmx2mm(实地面积：30米 x 30米)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域，实线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>实线表示在禁区的边界地形上有连续标记（警戒带等）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行区域 ，虚线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>虚线表示在禁区的边界地形上有不连续的标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Equipment deposit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 715</comment>
        <translation>设备放置位置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A deposit for spare equipment in the terrain.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 715</comment>
        <translation>地形上备用设备的放置位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple SkiO Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>简单 SkiO 路径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>此符号提供了一种简单而快速的方法来进行设计培训路线。

紫色线将延伸到终点符号中。这是这种简单方法的缺点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very wide track &gt; 3.0 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 801</comment>
        <translation>非常宽的路径 &gt; 3.0 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very fast, wide ski tracks in ski centres, made with a ski trail groomer or a track leveller.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 801</comment>
        <translation>滑雪中心的非常快、宽的雪道，由滑雪道修正设备或道路平整设备修建。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide track 1.5 - 3.0 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 802</comment>
        <translation>宽的路径 1.5 - 3.0 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fast, skateable track made by a snow mobile, width usually 1.5 - 3.0 m. Skateable tracks rougher and softer than the wide skateable tracks in the area.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 802</comment>
        <translation>快速可滑行的路径，由雪地摩托造成，宽度通常为 1.5 - 3.0 m 。可滑行的路径比区域中宽的可滑行路径更不平，更软。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track 1.0 - 1.5 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 803</comment>
        <translation>路径 1.0 - 1.5 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A good track made by a snow mobile, usually 1.0 - 1.5 m wide. In steep slopes, tracks may be made wider to reduce widening during competition.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 803</comment>
        <translation>雪地摩托造成的良好路径，通常 1.0 - 1.5 m 宽。在陡坡上，路径会造得更宽，完成时减少宽度。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track, slow 0.8 - 1.0 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 804</comment>
        <translation>路径，慢速 0.8 - 1.0 m</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A rough, slow track with little snow or some brushwood. This symbol is not used in steep slopes, if the width of the track allows using herringbone steps for uphill, or snow plowing technique for slowing and stopping.

In order to clarify a junction, the beginning of a slow track is drawn with a short line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 804</comment>
        <translation>不平的，慢速路径，雪少或有一些树枝。这个符号不用于陡坡上，如果道路的宽度允许使用人字台阶来上山，或铲雪技术来减速或停止。

为了使交叉点清晰，慢速路径的起点以短线绘制出。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road covered with snow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 805</comment>
        <translation>覆盖雪的道路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Snowploughed, skiable roads are drawn with a normal road symbol but wider.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 805</comment>
        <translation>铲过雪的可滑行的道路，用通常的道路符号绘制，但更宽。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sanded or snowless road, line symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 806</comment>
        <translation>砂质的或无雪的道路，线条符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road on the map which is sanded or snowless during the competition. A chain of V-marks across the road symbol show that the road is not skiable. Snowless roads and heavily sanded roads should normally be marked as forbidden routes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 806</comment>
        <translation>地图上的道路，完成时是砂质的或无雪的。一串 V 型标记，穿过道路符号，显示道路不可滑行。无雪的道路，和砂质含量大的道路，通常标记为禁止的路线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sanded or snowless road, single symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 806.1</comment>
        <translation>砂质的或无雪的道路，单一符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road on the map which is sanded or snowless during the competition. A chain of V-marks across the road symbol show that the road is not skiable. Snowless roads and heavily sanded roads should normally be marked as forbidden routes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 806.1</comment>
        <translation>地图上的道路，完成时是砂质的或无雪的。一串 V 型标记，穿过道路符号，显示道路不可滑行。无雪的道路，和砂质含量大的道路，通常标记为禁止的路线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unploughed road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 807</comment>
        <translation>未铲雪的道路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road which is not opened for traffic, no skiable track.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 807</comment>
        <translation>交通未开放，没有可滑行的路径。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 808</comment>
        <translation>准备好的区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slalom slopes (alpine skiing slopes) and other areas which are wide, skiable and hard.
The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 808</comment>
        <translation>回转赛坡（高山滑雪坡）及其他区域，宽的，可滑行的，并且坚硬。
准备好的区域的边界用窄的绿色线（ 0.13 mm ）显示，从而可以清晰地识别每个边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area, fill pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 808.1</comment>
        <translation>准备好的区域，填充图样</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slalom slopes (alpine skiing slopes) and other areas which are wide, skiable and hard.
The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 808.1</comment>
        <translation>回转赛坡（高山滑雪坡）及其他区域，宽的，可滑行的，并且坚硬。
准备好的区域的边界用窄的绿色线（ 0.13 mm ）显示，从而可以清晰地识别每个边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area, boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 808.2</comment>
        <translation>准备好的区域，边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 808.2</comment>
        <translation>准备好的区域的边界用窄的绿色线（ 0.13 mm ）显示，从而可以清晰地识别每个边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, crossable, line symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 809</comment>
        <translation>禁止的路线，可穿过，线条符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Linear features marked with the forbidden route symbol can be crossed but not followed.
At least two symbols must be used to mark a forbidden route.
The symbol Forbidden route (711) is drawn in a larger size in a ski orienteering map so that it is more clearly visible in the track network.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 809</comment>
        <translation>由禁止路线符号来标记的线性特征，可以穿过但不能沿路奔跑。
必须使用至少两个符号来标记禁止的路线。
在滑雪定向越野地图上，禁止路线的符号（ 711 ）以大的尺寸绘制，从而在路径网络中更清晰可见。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, crossable, single symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 809.1</comment>
        <translation>禁止的路线，可穿过，单一符号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Linear features marked with the forbidden route symbol can be crossed but not followed.
At least two symbols must be used to mark a forbidden route.
The symbol Forbidden route (711) is drawn in a larger size in a ski orienteering map so that it is more clearly visible in the track network.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 809.1</comment>
        <translation>由禁止路线符号来标记的线性特征，可以穿过但不能沿路奔跑。
必须使用至少两个符号来标记禁止的路线。
在滑雪定向越野地图上，禁止路线的符号（ 711 ）以大的尺寸绘制，从而在路径网络中更清晰可见。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Public snow mobile route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 813</comment>
        <translation>公共的雪地摩托路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A public and marked route for snow mobiles that may be in use during the ski orienteering competition. These routes are often uneven and of varying width and quality. The organizers must inform competitors in the competition instructions about the quality of such routes (e.g. with photographs) and ensure the safety of the competitors by temporarily closing the route, manning the route or by other means informing any snow mobile drivers about the possibility of encountering ski orienteers on the route. If the safety of the competitors can not be guaranteed, the route must be marked as forbidden and safe passages must be ensured.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 813</comment>
        <translation>用于雪地摩托的公共的标记的路线，可以在滑雪定向越野竞赛中使用。这些路线经常不平坦，并且宽度和质量在变化。组织者必须在竞赛说明中将这样的路径的质量向选手发出通知（例如使用图片），并通过临时关闭路径，派人值守路径，或通过其他方式向任何雪地摩托驾驶员发出通知，在路上可能会遇到滑雪定向选手，从而确保选手的安全。如果不能保证选手的安全，路径必须标记为禁止通过，并且必须保证提供安全通道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, forbidden to cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 814</comment>
        <translation>禁止路径，禁止穿过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Linear features marked with the forbidden route symbol can not be followed, and can not be crossed except at specially marked crossing points. Do not enter road regardless of whether the road is badly plowed, ice-covered, no traffic etc.
A route which is out-of-bounds and forbidden to cross is shown with a zigzag. The zigzag line should be as continuous as possible. If there is a crossing point over the forbidden route, it shall be presented like a gate by two perpendicular lines over the forbidden route. Also a longer crossing section shall be presented clearly on the map by using the perpendicular lines at the end of the zigzag lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 814</comment>
        <translation>用禁止路径符号标记的线性特征，不能沿路奔跑，并且除非在特别标记的穿过点，在任何地方都不能穿过。不要进入道路，无论道路是否铲雪做得不好，被冰覆盖，或没有交通等。
出界并禁止穿过的路径，由锯齿线显示。锯齿线应该尽可能连续。如果禁止的路径上有穿过点，那么应该在禁止线上用两条垂直的竖线像门一样表示。同样，应该通过在锯齿线的末端使用垂直线，在地图上清晰地表示较长的穿过部分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrienteering图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrientering图标。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Course_Design</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for control descriptions</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>检查点说明为黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White above framing</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>表格上方为白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for framing</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>黑色边框</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White below framing</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>表格下的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>简单的定向运动线路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>此符号提供了一种简单而快速的方法来进行训练线路设计。

紫色线将延伸到终点符号中。这是这种简单方法的缺点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点或发图点（如果不是起点）由指向第一个控件方向的等边三角形显示。三角形的中心表示起点的精确位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>检查点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>检查点以圆圈显示。圆的中心显示了特征的精确位置。圆圈部分应省略以保留重要的细节。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>检查点的代码放置在靠近检查点圆的位置，这样就不会遮住重要的细节。这些数字指向北方。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>按顺序访问检查点时，起点、检查点和终点用直线连接在一起。应省略部分线条，以留下重要的细节显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>必经路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>必经路线在地图上显示为虚线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>终点由两个同心圆表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>不可通过的边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>不允许跨越的边界。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>通过点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>在地图上画出穿过或越过墙或栅栏、穿过公路或铁路、穿过隧道或越界区的通过点，两条线向外弯曲。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>禁区</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area, see also symbol 528, is shown with vertical stripes.
A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
- a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground,
- a dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground,
- no line indicates no marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>用垂直条纹示出了禁区，也参见符号528。
如果没有以下自然边界，则可以绘制边界线：
- 实线表示实地中连续的标记边界（彩带等）；
- 虚线表示实地中的间断性标记；
- 没有线表示实地中没有标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>禁区-实线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>实线表示实地中连续的标记边界（彩带等）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>禁区-虚线边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>虚线表示实地中的间断性标记。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>危险区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area presenting danger to the competitor is shown with cross-hatched diagonal lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>一个对参赛者有危险的区域用交叉阴影斜线表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>禁止路线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds is shown with crosses.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>禁止通行的路线用交叉表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>急救站的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>水站</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>不在检查点上的水站的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heading: Single line for event title or classes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.0</comment>
        <translation>标题：赛事或组别标题的单行文字</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Optionally this block can be used as [ Classes line ] between [ Event title ] and [ Course nature ].</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.0</comment>
        <translation>可选：此块可以用作[赛事标题]和[线路属性]之间的[组别栏]。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heading: Event title, two lines</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.0.1</comment>
        <translation>标题：赛事标题，两行</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heading: Event title, three lines</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.0.2</comment>
        <translation>标题：赛事标题，三行</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course nature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.2</comment>
        <translation>线路属性</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This block describes the main parameters of a course. Its purpose is to help understand the degree of difficulty.
 - Scheme: | Course code | Length | Height climb |
 - The course length is given in kilometres rounded to the nearest 0.1 km.
 - The height climb is given in metres rounded to the nearest 5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.2</comment>
        <translation>此块描述了线路的主要参数。其目的是帮助参赛者理解线路难度。
 -样式：|线路代码|长度|爬高量|
 -线路长度以公里为单位，四舍五入至最接近的0.1公里。
 -以米为单位给出爬高量，四舍五入到最接近的5 m。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Description of individual control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.3</comment>
        <translation>独立的检查点说明</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Scheme of columns: |A|B|C|D|E|F|G|H|

A: Control number
B: Control code
C: Which of any similar feature
D: Control feature
E: Appearance
F: Dimensions, combinations
G: Location of the control flag
H: Other information</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.3</comment>
        <translation>列结构：| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H |

A：检查点序列号
B：检查点代码
C：哪个有类似特征物
D：检查点所在位置特征物
E：特征物细节描述
F：尺寸/组合/拐弯
G：点标旗的位置
H：其他信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Textual description of individual control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.4</comment>
        <translation>单个检查点的文本描述</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Scheme of columns: |A|B|Text|

A: Control number
B: Control code</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.4</comment>
        <translation>列结构：| A | B |文本|

A：检查点序号
B：检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Thicker horizontal line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.5</comment>
        <translation>粗水平线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A thicker horizontal line should be used after every third description and on either side of any special instruction.

In this symbol set, you need to add this symbol manually after the start location row and after every three consequent rows of 99.3 Description of individual control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.5</comment>
        <translation>在每三次描述后以及任何特殊说明的两侧，应使用较粗的水平线。

在此符号集中，您需要在开始位置行之后以及随后的每行99.3单个检查点说明的后三行之后手动添加此符号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|A| Start location</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.6</comment>
        <translation>| A | 起点位置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shown in first line of descriptions, using the description as if it were a control feature.

Map symbol: ISOM 701</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.6</comment>
        <translation>显示在说明表的第一行，就像一个检查点属性那样使用这个描述。

地图符号：ISOM 701</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|A| Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.7</comment>
        <translation>| A | 检查点序号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Numbering of controls is in the sequence they are to be visited, unless the description is for a Score competition.

Map symbol: ISOM 703</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.7</comment>
        <translation>检查点的编号应按其到访的顺序进行，除非这是积分赛。

地图符号：ISOM 703</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|B| Control code</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.8</comment>
        <translation>| B | 检查点代码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control code should be a number greater than 30.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.8</comment>
        <translation>检查点代码应为大于30的数字。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Northern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.1</comment>
        <translation>| C | 北边的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.1</comment>
        <translation>检查点圆圈中两个相似地形特征点中北边的那一个。或两个以上的相似地形特征点中最北边的那一个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| North Eastern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.1</comment>
        <translation>| C | 东北边的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.1</comment>
        <translation>检查点圆圈中两个相似地形特征点中东北边的那一 个。或两个以上的相似地形特征点中最靠东北边的那一个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Eastern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.2</comment>
        <translation>| C | 东边的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.2</comment>
        <translation>检查点圆圈中两个相似地形特征点中东边的那一个。或两个以上的相似地形特征点中最东边的那一个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| South Eastern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.2</comment>
        <translation>| C | 东南边的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more south eastern of two similar features, or the south-eastern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.2</comment>
        <translation>检查点圆圈中两个相似地形特征点中东南边的那一 个。或两个以上的相似地形特征点中最靠东南边的那一个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Southern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.3</comment>
        <translation>| C | 南边的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.3</comment>
        <translation>检查点圆圈中两个相似地形特征点中南边的那一个。或两个以上的相似地形特征点中最南边的那一个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| South western</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.3</comment>
        <translation>| C | 西南边的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.3</comment>
        <translation>检查点圆圈中两个相似地形特征点中西南边的那一 个。或两个以上的相似地形特征点中最靠西南边的那一个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Western</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.4</comment>
        <translation>|C| 西边的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.4</comment>
        <translation>检查点圆圈中两个相似地形特征点中西边的那一个。或两个以上的相似地形特征点中最西边的那一个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| North Western</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.4</comment>
        <translation>|C| 西北边的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.4</comment>
        <translation>检查点圆圈中两个相似地形特征点中西北边的那一个。或两个以上的相似地形特征点中最西北边的那一个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Upper</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.3</comment>
        <translation>|C| 上边的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is the middle one of a number of similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.3</comment>
        <translation>检查点位于另一个相似地形特征点的正上方。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Lower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.4</comment>
        <translation>|C| 下边的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is the middle one of a number of similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.4</comment>
        <translation>检查点位于另一个相似地形特征点的正下方。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Middle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.5</comment>
        <translation>|C| 中间的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is the middle one of a number of similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.5</comment>
        <translation>检查点圆圈中有多个相似地形特征点，中间的那一个。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Terrace</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.1</comment>
        <translation>|D| 台地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A level area on a slope.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.1</comment>
        <translation>山坡上平缓区域。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Spur</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.2</comment>
        <translation>|D| 山凸/山脊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A contour projection or “nose” rising from the surrounding ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.2</comment>
        <translation>等高线的凸出部位；或坡地上的“鼻状”凸起部分（也有叫山垄）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Re-entrant</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.3</comment>
        <translation>|D| 重新进入</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A contour indentation; a valley; the opposite of a spur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.3</comment>
        <translation>等高线缺口；山谷；与支脉相反。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.4</comment>
        <translation>|D| 土堤</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An abrupt change in ground level which can clearly be distinguished from its surroundings.

Map symbol: ISOM 106</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.4</comment>
        <translation>地面上的突然改变，可以清晰地从周围环境中识别出来。

地图符号： ISOM 106</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Quarry</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.5</comment>
        <translation>|D| 采石场</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gravel, sand or stone working in flat or inclined ground.

Map symbol: ISOM 106</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.5</comment>
        <translation>在平地或倾斜地面上铺设的砾石、砂子或石头。

地图符号： ISOM 106</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.6</comment>
        <translation>|D| 土墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A narrow wall of earth projecting above the surrounding terrain; may be partially stone faced, usually man-made. Used with symbol 8.11 to indicate a ruined earth wall.

Map symbols: ISOM 107, 108</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.6</comment>
        <translation>从周围地形中突出的土质窄墙；部分表面可以是石砌的，通常为人造的。通常与符号 8.11 一起使用，来指示损坏的土墙。

地图符号： ISOM 107 、 108</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.7</comment>
        <translation>|D| 侵蚀的河沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully or trench, normally dry.

Map symbol: ISOM 109</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.7</comment>
        <translation>侵蚀的河沟或土沟，通常是干燥的。

地图符号： ISOM 109</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.8</comment>
        <translation>|D| 小的侵蚀河沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully or trench, normally dry.

Map symbol: ISOM 110</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.8</comment>
        <translation>小的侵蚀河沟或土沟，通常是干燥的。

地图符号： ISOM 110</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Hill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.9</comment>
        <translation>|D| 小山</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high point. Shown on the map with contour lines.

Map symbols: ISOM 101, 111</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.9</comment>
        <translation>一个高点，在地图上以等高线显示。

地图符号：ISOM 101、111</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Knol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.10</comment>
        <translation>|D| 小丘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious mound. Used with symbol 8.6 to indicate a rocky knoll.

Map symbols: ISOM 112, 113</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.10</comment>
        <translation>小的明显的土丘与符号 8.6 一起使用，来指示岩丘。

地图符号： ISOM 112 、 113</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Saddle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.11</comment>
        <translation>|D| 鞍部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The low point between two higher points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.11</comment>
        <translation>两个高点之间的低点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.12</comment>
        <translation>|D| 凹陷</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A depression or hollow from which the ground rises on all sides. Shown on the map with contour lines.

Map symbol: ISOM 114</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.12</comment>
        <translation>凹陷或下沉，地面从周围升起来。用等高线显示在地图上。

地图符号： ISOM 114</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.13</comment>
        <translation>|D| 小的凹陷</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small, shallow, natural depression or hollow from which the ground rises on all sides.

Map symbol: ISOM 115</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.13</comment>
        <translation>小的、窄的自然凹陷或下沉，地面从周围升起来。

地图符号： ISOM 115</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.14</comment>
        <translation>|D| 坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pit or hole with distinct steep-sides. Usually man made. Used with symbol 8.6 to indicate a rocky pit.

Map symbols: ISOM 116, 204</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.14</comment>
        <translation>有明显的陡边的坑或洞，通常是人造的。与符号8.6一起使用时表示岩石坑。

地图符号：ISOM 116、204</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Broken ground </source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.15</comment>
        <translation>|D| 不连续的地面 </translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Clearly disturbed ground with features too small or too numerous to be mapped individually; including animal earths.

Map symbol: ISOM 107</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.15</comment>
        <translation>明显被扰动的地面，特征太小或太多而无法单独绘图；包括兽穴。

地图符号： ISOM 107</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Ant hill (termite mound)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.16</comment>
        <translation>|D| 蚁丘（白蚁丘）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The mound made by ants or termites.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.16</comment>
        <translation>蚂蚁或白蚁建造的土丘。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Cliff, Rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.1</comment>
        <translation>|D| 悬崖，岩面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff or rock face. May be passable or impassable.

Map symbols: ISOM 201, 203</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.1</comment>
        <translation>悬崖或岩面可通过或不可通过。

地图符号： ISOM 201 、 203</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Rock pillar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.2</comment>
        <translation>|D| 岩柱</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high, natural rock projection.

Map symbol: ISOM 202</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.2</comment>
        <translation>高的、自然的岩石凸起。

地图符号： ISOM 202</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.3</comment>
        <translation>|D| 山洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A hole in a rock face or hill side, often leading to underground workings.

Map symbol: ISOM 205</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.3</comment>
        <translation>岩面或山边的洞，经常引向地下空间。

地图符号： ISOM 205</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.4</comment>
        <translation>|D| 巨石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent free-standing block of rock or stone.

Map symbols: ISOM 206, 207</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.4</comment>
        <translation>突出的、独立的岩石或石头。

地图符号： ISOM 206 、 207</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.5</comment>
        <translation>|D| 巨石区</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area covered by so many boulders that they cannot be individually mapped.

Map symbol: ISOM 208</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.5</comment>
        <translation>由很多不能单独绘图的巨石覆盖的区域。

地图符号： ISOM 208</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.6</comment>
        <translation>|D| 巨石群</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be individually mapped.

Map symbol: ISOM 209</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.6</comment>
        <translation>小的明显一组巨石，密集地聚集在一起，不能各自绘制在地图上。

地图符号： ISOM 209</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.7</comment>
        <translation>|D| 多石平地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area covered with many small stones or rocks.

Map symbol: ISOM 210</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.7</comment>
        <translation>覆盖有很多小石头或岩石的区域。

地图符号： ISOM 210</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.8</comment>
        <translation>|D| 裸岩</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock with no earth or vegetation cover.

Map symbol: ISOM 212</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.8</comment>
        <translation>可奔跑的岩石区域，没有土壤或植被覆盖。

地图符号： ISOM 212</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Narrow passage</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.9</comment>
        <translation>|D| 狭窄通道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gap between two cliffs or rock faces that face each other.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.9</comment>
        <translation>两个彼此相对的悬崖或岩面之间的间隙。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Lake</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.1</comment>
        <translation>|D| 湖</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high point. Shown on the map with contour lines.

Map symbol: ISOM 301</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.1</comment>
        <translation>高点。用等高线显示在地图上。

地图符号： ISOM 301</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Pond</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.2</comment>
        <translation>|D| 池塘</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of water.

Map symbol: ISOM 302</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.2</comment>
        <translation>一小块水域。

地图符号： ISOM 302</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.3</comment>
        <translation>|D| 水坑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A waterholed pit or depression.

Map symbol: ISOM 303</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.3</comment>
        <translation>有水的坑或凹陷。

地图符号： ISOM 303</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| River, Stream, Watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.4</comment>
        <translation>|D| 河流、溪流、水道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or artificial watercourse with either moving or standing water.

Map symbols: ISOM 304, 305, 306</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.4</comment>
        <translation>自然或人工水道，里面的水是流动的或静止的。

地图符号： ISOM 304 、 305 、 306</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Minor water channel, Ditch</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.5</comment>
        <translation>|D| 次要水渠，沟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.

Map symbol: ISOM 307</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.5</comment>
        <translation>自然或人工的次要水渠，里面间断地有水。

地图符号： ISOM 307</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.6</comment>
        <translation>|D| 窄的沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A narrow marsh or trickle of water, too narrow to be shown on the map with the marsh symbol.

Map symbol: ISOM 308</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.6</comment>
        <translation>窄的沼泽或小股水流，很窄而无法用沼泽符号在地图上显示出来。

地图符号： ISOM 303</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.7</comment>
        <translation>|D| 沼泽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A permanently wet area with marsh vegetation.

Map symbols: ISOM 309, 310, 311</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.7</comment>
        <translation>永久的湿地，具有沼泽植被。

地图符号： ISOM 309 、 310 、 311</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Firm ground in marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.8</comment>
        <translation>|D| 沼泽中的坚实地面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A non-marshy area within a marsh, or between two marshes.

Map symbols: ISOM 309, 310, 311</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.8</comment>
        <translation>沼泽中或两片沼泽之间的非沼泽区域。

地图符号： ISOM 309 、 310 、 311</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.9</comment>
        <translation>|D| 井</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shaft containing water or a captive spring, clearly visible on the ground. Often with some form of man-made surround.

Map symbol: ISOM 312</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.9</comment>
        <translation>含水或汇聚泉水的竖直通道，在地面上清晰可见。通常具有某些形式的人工包围结构。

地图符号： ISOM 312</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.10</comment>
        <translation>D| 泉</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The source of a watercourse with a distinct outflow.

Map symbol: ISOM 313</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.10</comment>
        <translation>具有明显出口的水流的源头。

地图符号： ISOM 313</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Water tank, Water trough</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.11</comment>
        <translation>|D| 水罐、水槽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man made water container.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.11</comment>
        <translation>人工制造的水容器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.1</comment>
        <translation>|D| 开阔地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with no trees. Grassland, a meadow or a field. Also heath or moorland.

Map symbols: ISOM 401, 403</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.1</comment>
        <translation>没有树的区域。草地、牧场或田地。同样包括荒地或高沼地。

地图符号： ISOM 401 、 403</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Semi-open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.2</comment>
        <translation>|D| 半开阔地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of open land with scattered trees or bushes.

Map symbols: ISOM 402, 404</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.2</comment>
        <translation>具有稀疏的树或灌木的开阔地。

地图符号： ISOM 402 、 404</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Forest corner</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.3</comment>
        <translation>|D| 森林角落</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The corner or tip of a forested area projecting into open land.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.3</comment>
        <translation>突出到开阔地上的树林区域的角落或末端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Clearing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.4</comment>
        <translation>|D| 空地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of land free from trees within the forest.

Map symbols: ISOM 401, 403</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.4</comment>
        <translation>树林中没有树的小块地。

地图符号： ISOM 401 、 403</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Thicket</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.5</comment>
        <translation>|D| 灌木丛</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of forest where the tree cover or undergrowth is so dense that it is difficult to pass.

Map symbols: ISOM 408, 410</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.5</comment>
        <translation>树林中的一小块区域，树木覆盖或灌木太密集而难于通过。

地图符号： ISOM 408 、 410</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Linear thicket</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.6</comment>
        <translation>|D| 带状灌木</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man-made line of trees or bushes that is difficult to cross.

Map symbol: ISOM 410</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.6</comment>
        <translation>人工的带状树木或灌木，难于通过。

地图符号： ISOM 410</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.7</comment>
        <translation>|D| 植被边界</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct boundary between different types of trees or vegetation.

Map symbol: ISOM 416</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.7</comment>
        <translation>不同类型树木或植被之间的明显边界。

地图符号： ISOM 416</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Copse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.8</comment>
        <translation>|D| 矮林</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of trees in open ground.

Map symbols: ISOM 405, 406</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.8</comment>
        <translation>开阔地面上有树的小块区域。

地图符号： ISOM 405 、 406</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Distinctive tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.9</comment>
        <translation>|D| 独特的树</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An unusual or distinctive tree in either open land or forest; frequently information is also given as to its type.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.9</comment>
        <translation>开阔地或树林中，特殊的或独特的树；通常还会给出更多信息，如种类。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Tree stump, Root stock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.10</comment>
        <translation>|D| 树桩，根块</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The stump of a tree. The upturned root of a fallen tree, with or without the trunk.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.10</comment>
        <translation>树木的树桩。倒下树木的向上的根，有或没有树干。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.1</comment>
        <translation>|D| 道路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A metalled/asphalt surfaced or dirt road, suitable for vehicles in normal weather conditions.

Map symbols: ISOM 501, 502, 503, 504</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.1</comment>
        <translation>碎石/沥青表面的路或土路，适于汽车在正常天气条件下行驶。

地图符号： ISOM 501 、 502 、 503 、 504</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Track / Path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.2</comment>
        <translation>|D| 道路/小路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A visible route made by people or animals. Tracks may be driven by rugged vehicles.

Map symbols: ISOM 505, 506, 507, 508</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.2</comment>
        <translation>人或动物形成的可见的路线。道路可以由坚固的车辆行驶出来。

地图符号： ISOM 505 、 506 、 507</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.3</comment>
        <translation>|D| 骑马路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A clearly visible linear break in the forest which does not have a distinct path along it.

Map symbol: ISOM 509</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.3</comment>
        <translation>树林中清晰可见的线形空隙，沿途没有明显的路径。

地图符号： ISOM 509</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Bridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.4</comment>
        <translation>|D| 桥</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point over a watercourse, or other linear feature.

Map symbols: ISOM 512, 513</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.4</comment>
        <translation>水道或其他线性特征物上的通过点。

地图符号：ISOM 512、513</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.5</comment>
        <translation>|D| 电源线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A power or telephone line, cableway or ski lift.

Map symbols: ISOM 516, 517</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.5</comment>
        <translation>电源或电话线，电缆或滑雪缆车线。

地图符号： ISOM 516 、 517</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Power line pylon</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.6</comment>
        <translation>|D| 电线塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A support for power or telephone line, cableway or ski lift.

Map symbols: ISOM 516, 517</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.6</comment>
        <translation>电源或电话、，电缆或滑雪缆车线的支撑塔。

地图符号： ISOM 516 、 517</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.7</comment>
        <translation>|D| 涵道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc.

Map symbol: ISOM 518</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.7</comment>
        <translation>道路、铁路等下面的通道

地图符号： ISOM 518</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.8</comment>
        <translation>|D| 石墙</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stone boundary wall or stone faced bank. Used with symbol 8.11 to indicate a ruined stone wall.

Map symbols: ISOM 519, 520, 521</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.8</comment>
        <translation>石制的边界墙或表面石砌的堤岸。使用符号 8.11 来指示毁坏的石墙。

地图符号： ISOM 519 、 520 、 521</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.9</comment>
        <translation>|D| 围栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A wire or wooden boundary. Used with symbol 8.11 to indicate a ruined fence.

Map symbols: ISOM 522, 523, 524</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.9</comment>
        <translation>绳制或木制边界。使用符号 8.11 来指示毁坏的围栏。

地图符号： ISOM 522 、 523 、 524</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.10</comment>
        <translation>|D| 穿过点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way through or over a wall, fence, or pipeline, including a gate or stile.

Map symbol: ISOM 525</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.10</comment>
        <translation>穿过墙、围栏或管道的通道，包括门或台阶。

地图符号： ISOM 525</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.11</comment>
        <translation>|D| 建筑</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A standing brick, wood or stone structure.

Map symbol: ISOM 526</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.11</comment>
        <translation>竖立的砖制、木制或石制结构。

地图符号： ISOM 526</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.12</comment>
        <translation>|D| 铺砌区</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of hard standing used for parking or other purposes.

Map symbol: ISOM 529</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.12</comment>
        <translation>用于停车或其他目的的硬地面区域。

地图符号： ISOM 529</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.13</comment>
        <translation>|D| 废墟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The remains of a building that has fallen down.

Map symbol: ISOM 530</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.13</comment>
        <translation>倒掉的建筑的剩余部分

地图符号： ISOM 530</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.14</comment>
        <translation>|D| 管道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level.

Map symbols: ISOM 533, 534</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.14</comment>
        <translation>地面之上的管道（输气、水、油等）。

地图符号： ISOM 533 、 534</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.15</comment>
        <translation>|D| 塔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A tall metal, wooden or brick structure, usually built for forest observation.

Map symbols: ISOM 535, 536</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.15</comment>
        <translation>高的金属、木制或砖石结构，通常建造用于树林观察。

地图符号： ISOM 535 、 536</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Shooting platform</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.16</comment>
        <translation>|D| 射击平台</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A structure attached to a tree where a marksman or observer can sit.

Map symbol: ISOM 536</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.16</comment>
        <translation>搭建在树上的结构，射手或观察员可以坐在上面。

地图符号： ISOM 536</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boundary stone, Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.17</comment>
        <translation>|D| 界石、石标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man made stone or pile of stones. A cairn, memorial stone, boundary stone or trigonometric point.

Map symbol: ISOM 537</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.17</comment>
        <translation>人工的石头或石堆。石标、记号石块、界石或三角点。

地图符号： ISOM 537</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.18</comment>
        <translation>|D| 喂食架</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A construction for holding feed for animals.

Map symbol: ISOM 538</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.18</comment>
        <translation>为动物放置食物的架子。

地图符号： ISOM 538</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Charcoal burning ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.19</comment>
        <translation>|D| 烧炭的地方</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The clear remains of an area where charcoal was burned. A small level man made area on a slope. (A platform).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.19</comment>
        <translation>有碳燃烧过的地方，明显有余烬斜坡上一小块人工平地。（平台）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Monument or Statue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.20</comment>
        <translation>|D| 纪念碑或塑像</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A monument, memorial or statue.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.20</comment>
        <translation>|D| 纪念碑、纪念物或塑像。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Building pass through</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.23</comment>
        <translation>|D| 建筑内的通路</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An arcade, indoor passage or route through a building.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.23</comment>
        <translation>拱廊、室内通道或穿过建筑的路线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Stairway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.24</comment>
        <translation>|D| 步梯</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stairway of at least two steps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.24</comment>
        <translation>至少两级的步梯。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Special item</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 6.1</comment>
        <translation>|D| 特殊物品</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If used, an explanation of its meaning must be supplied to competitors in the pre-race information.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 6.1</comment>
        <translation>如果使用的话，必须在赛前信息中向选手提供对其意义的解释。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Special item</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 6.2</comment>
        <translation>|D| 特殊物品</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If used, an explanation of its meaning must be supplied to competitors in the pre-race information.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 6.2</comment>
        <translation>如果使用的话，必须在赛前信息中向选手提供对其意义的解释。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Country Specific features (template)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 7</comment>
        <translation>|D| 国家特定的特征（样板）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>It is not generally recommended to introduce local symbols. If local symbols are used then at events likely to attract an international entry information about them should be supplied to competitors in the pre-race details.

The default line shows a box of 5 mm by 5mm and can be removed from the final symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 7</comment>
        <translation>通常不推荐引入本地符号。如果使用了本地符号，那么在像吸引国际参赛的活动中，本地符号的信息应该在赛前具体提供给选手。

默认的线显示了 5mm X 5mm 的方块，可以从最终符号中去掉。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Low</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.1</comment>
        <translation>|E| 低的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is particularly low or flat at but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Hill, low.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.1</comment>
        <translation>检查点的特征特别低或平坦，但在地图上没有指示出来；例如：小山，低的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Shallow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.2</comment>
        <translation>|E| 浅的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is particularly shallow but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Re-entrant, shallow.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.2</comment>
        <translation>检查点的特征特别浅，但在地图上没有指示出来；例如：重新进入，浅的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Deep</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.3</comment>
        <translation>|E| 深的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is particularly deep but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Pit, deep.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.3</comment>
        <translation>检查点的特征特别深，但在地图上没有指示出来；例如：土坑，深的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Overgrown</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.4</comment>
        <translation>|E| 长满植物的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is partially covered in undergrowth or bushes that are not indicated on the map; e.g. Ruin, overgrown.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.4</comment>
        <translation>被灌木或矮树特别覆盖的特征，在地图上没有指示出来，例如：废墟，长满植物的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Open</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.5</comment>
        <translation>|E| 开阔的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area where the tree cover is less than the surroundings but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Marsh, open.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.5</comment>
        <translation>特征位于树木覆盖比周围环境少的区域，但在地图上没有指示出来，例如：沼泽，开阔的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Rocky, Stony </source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.6</comment>
        <translation>|E| 多岩的、多石的 </translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area of rocky or stony ground not indicated on the map; e.g. Pit, rocky.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.6</comment>
        <translation>特征在多岩的或多石的地上，地图上没有指示出来，例如：土坑，多岩的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Marshy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.7</comment>
        <translation>|E| 沼泽的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area of marshy ground not indicated on the map; e.g. Re-entrant, marshy.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.7</comment>
        <translation>特征在沼泽的地上，地图上没有指示出来，例如：重新进入，沼泽的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Sandy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.8</comment>
        <translation>|E| 砂质的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area of sandy ground not indicated on the map; e.g. Spur, sandy.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.8</comment>
        <translation>特征在砂质的地上，地图上没有指示出来，例如：支脉，砂质的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Needle leaved</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.9</comment>
        <translation>|E| 针叶的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the tree or trees associated with the control feature have needle shaped leaves; e.g. Distinctive tree, needle leaved.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.9</comment>
        <translation>与检查点特征相联系的树或树木具有针型的叶；例如：独特的树，针叶的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Broad leaved</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.10</comment>
        <translation>|E| 阔叶的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the tree or trees associated with the control feature are broad-leaved; e.g. Copse, broad leaved.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.10</comment>
        <translation>与检查点特征相联系的树或树木是阔叶的；例如：矮树林，阔叶的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Ruined</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.11</comment>
        <translation>|E| 毁坏的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature has fallen to ground level; e.g. Fence, ruined.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.11</comment>
        <translation>倒落到地面的特征；例如：围栏，毁坏的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Height or Depth</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.1</comment>
        <translation>|F| 高度或深度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Height or Depth of the feature in metres; e.g. 2.6</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.1</comment>
        <translation>以米制表示的特征的高度或深度；例如： 2.6</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.2</comment>
        <translation>|F| 尺寸</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Horizontal dimensions of the feature in metres; e.g. 8 x 4</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.2</comment>
        <translation>以米制表示的特征的水平尺寸；例如： 8 X 4</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Slash for height on slope</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.3</comment>
        <translation>|F| 用于斜坡上高度的斜杠</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use with text symbol 9.4</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.3</comment>
        <translation>使用文字符号 9.4</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Heights of two features, or on slope</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.4</comment>
        <translation>|F| 两个特征的高度，或斜坡上的高度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this text symbol to give two numbers in different lines.

9.3 Height on slope: Height of the feature on a slope in metres.
Use the slash symbol 9.3 for separating the numbers; e.g.

0.5/
    / 3.0

9.4 Heights of two features: Heights of two features with the control between them. Write one number above the other; e.g.

2.0
3.0</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.4</comment>
        <translation>使用这个文字符号给出不在同一条线上的两个数值。

9.3 斜坡上的高度：以米制表示的斜坡上的特征高度。
使用斜杠符号 9.3 来分隔数字；例如：

0.5/
    / 3.0

9.4 两个特征的高度：有检查点的两个特征之间的高度。将一个数字写在另一个的上面，例如：

2.0
3.0</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Crossing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 10.1</comment>
        <translation>|F| 交叉</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which two linear features cross. The two features which either cross or meet must be shown in columns |D| and |E|.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 10.1</comment>
        <translation>两条线性特征相交叉的点。相交叉或相遇的两个特征必须显示在 |D| 列和 |E| 列。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Junction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 10.2</comment>
        <translation>|F| 交叉点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which two linear features meet. The two features which either cross or meet must be shown in columns |D| and |E|.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 10.2</comment>
        <translation>两条线性特征相遇的点。相交叉或相遇的两个特征必须显示在 |D| 列和 |E| 列。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.1</comment>
        <translation>|G| 北侧</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.1</comment>
        <translation>用于在地面之上伸出的特征；例如：巨石，东北侧；废墟，西侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.2</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东北侧</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.2</comment>
        <translation>用于在地面之上伸出的特征；例如：巨石，东北侧；废墟，西侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.3</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东侧</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.3</comment>
        <translation>用于在地面之上伸出的特征；例如：巨石，东北侧；废墟，西侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.4</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东南侧</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.4</comment>
        <translation>用于在地面之上伸出的特征；例如：巨石，东北侧；废墟，西侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.5</comment>
        <translation>|G| 南侧</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.5</comment>
        <translation>用于在地面之上伸出的特征；例如：巨石，东北侧；废墟，西侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.6</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西南侧</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.6</comment>
        <translation>用于在地面之上伸出的特征；例如：巨石，东北侧；废墟，西侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.7</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西侧</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.7</comment>
        <translation>用于在地面之上伸出的特征；例如：巨石，东北侧；废墟，西侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.8</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西北侧</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.8</comment>
        <translation>用于在地面之上伸出的特征；例如：巨石，东北侧；废墟，西侧。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.1</comment>
        <translation>|G| 北侧边沿</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.1</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征从周围地面向下沿伸，并且检查点位于地的边沿；例如：凹陷，东南边沿。
b) 特征从特定区域的上面沿伸出来，并且检查点位于区域的边界；例如：沼泽，西北边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.2</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东北边沿</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.2</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征从周围地面向下沿伸，并且检查点位于地的边沿；例如：凹陷，东南边沿。
b) 特征从特定区域的上面沿伸出来，并且检查点位于区域的边界；例如：沼泽，西北边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.3</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东侧边沿</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.3</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征从周围地面向下沿伸，并且检查点位于地的边沿；例如：凹陷，东南边沿。
b) 特征从特定区域的上面沿伸出来，并且检查点位于区域的边界；例如：沼泽，西北边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.4</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东南边沿</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.4</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征从周围地面向下沿伸，并且检查点位于地的边沿；例如：凹陷，东南边沿。
b) 特征从特定区域的上面沿伸出来，并且检查点位于区域的边界；例如：沼泽，西北边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.5</comment>
        <translation>|G| 南侧边沿</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.5</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征从周围地面向下沿伸，并且检查点位于地的边沿；例如：凹陷，东南边沿。
b) 特征从特定区域的上面沿伸出来，并且检查点位于区域的边界；例如：沼泽，西北边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.6</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西南边沿</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.6</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征从周围地面向下沿伸，并且检查点位于地的边沿；例如：凹陷，东南边沿。
b) 特征从特定区域的上面沿伸出来，并且检查点位于区域的边界；例如：沼泽，西北边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.7</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西侧边沿</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.7</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征从周围地面向下沿伸，并且检查点位于地的边沿；例如：凹陷，东南边沿。
b) 特征从特定区域的上面沿伸出来，并且检查点位于区域的边界；例如：沼泽，西北边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.8</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西北边沿</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.8</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征从周围地面向下沿伸，并且检查点位于地的边沿；例如：凹陷，东南边沿。
b) 特征从特定区域的上面沿伸出来，并且检查点位于区域的边界；例如：沼泽，西北边沿。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.1</comment>
        <translation>|G| 北侧部分</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.1</comment>
        <translation>用于特征从特定区域上沿伸出来，并且检查点不位于中心或任何边沿；例如：沼泽，西侧部分；凹陷，东南侧部分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.2</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东北侧部分</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.2</comment>
        <translation>用于特征从特定区域上沿伸出来，并且检查点不位于中心或任何边沿；例如：沼泽，西侧部分；凹陷，东南侧部分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.3</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东侧部分</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.3</comment>
        <translation>用于特征从特定区域上沿伸出来，并且检查点不位于中心或任何边沿；例如：沼泽，西侧部分；凹陷，东南侧部分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.4</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东南侧部分</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.4</comment>
        <translation>用于特征从特定区域上沿伸出来，并且检查点不位于中心或任何边沿；例如：沼泽，西侧部分；凹陷，东南侧部分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.5</comment>
        <translation>|G| 南侧部分</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.5</comment>
        <translation>用于特征从特定区域上沿伸出来，并且检查点不位于中心或任何边沿；例如：沼泽，西侧部分；凹陷，东南侧部分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.6</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西南侧部分</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.6</comment>
        <translation>用于特征从特定区域上沿伸出来，并且检查点不位于中心或任何边沿；例如：沼泽，西侧部分；凹陷，东南侧部分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.7</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西侧部分</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.7</comment>
        <translation>用于特征从特定区域上沿伸出来，并且检查点不位于中心或任何边沿；例如：沼泽，西侧部分；凹陷，东南侧部分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.8</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西北侧部分</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.8</comment>
        <translation>用于特征从特定区域上沿伸出来，并且检查点不位于中心或任何边沿；例如：沼泽，西侧部分；凹陷，东南侧部分。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.1</comment>
        <translation>|G| 北侧角落（内）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.1</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征的边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，开阔地，东侧角落（内）。
b) 线性特征转过一个角度；例如，围栏，南侧角落（内）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.2</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东北侧角落（内）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.2</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征的边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，开阔地，东侧角落（内）。
b) 线性特征转过一个角度；例如，围栏，南侧角落（内）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.3</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东侧角落（内）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.3</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征的边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，开阔地，东侧角落（内）。
b) 线性特征转过一个角度；例如，围栏，南侧角落（内）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.4</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东南侧角落（内）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.4</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征的边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，开阔地，东侧角落（内）。
b) 线性特征转过一个角度；例如，围栏，南侧角落（内）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.5</comment>
        <translation>|G| 南侧角落（内）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.5</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征的边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，开阔地，东侧角落（内）。
b) 线性特征转过一个角度；例如，围栏，南侧角落（内）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.6</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西南侧角落（内）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.6</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征的边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，开阔地，东侧角落（内）。
b) 线性特征转过一个角度；例如，围栏，南侧角落（内）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.7</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西侧角落（内）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.7</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征的边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，开阔地，东侧角落（内）。
b) 线性特征转过一个角度；例如，围栏，南侧角落（内）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.8</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西北侧角落（内）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.8</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征的边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，开阔地，东侧角落（内）。
b) 线性特征转过一个角度；例如，围栏，南侧角落（内）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.1</comment>
        <translation>|G| 北侧角落（外）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.1</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，废墟，西侧角落（外）。
b) 线性特征转过度角；例如，石墙，西南侧角落（外）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.2</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东北侧角落（外）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.2</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，废墟，西侧角落（外）。
b) 线性特征转过度角；例如，石墙，西南侧角落（外）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.3</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东侧角落（外）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.3</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，废墟，西侧角落（外）。
b) 线性特征转过度角；例如，石墙，西南侧角落（外）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.4</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东南侧角落（外）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.4</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，废墟，西侧角落（外）。
b) 线性特征转过度角；例如，石墙，西南侧角落（外）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.5</comment>
        <translation>|G| 南侧角落（外）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.5</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，废墟，西侧角落（外）。
b) 线性特征转过度角；例如，石墙，西南侧角落（外）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.6</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西南侧角落（外）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.6</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，废墟，西侧角落（外）。
b) 线性特征转过度角；例如，石墙，西南侧角落（外）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.7</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西侧角落（外）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.7</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，废墟，西侧角落（外）。
b) 线性特征转过度角；例如，石墙，西南侧角落（外）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.8</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西北侧角落（外）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.8</comment>
        <translation>用在：
a) 特征边沿转向 45-135 度角；例如，废墟，西侧角落（外）。
b) 线性特征转过度角；例如，石墙，西南侧角落（外）。
符号的方向指示了角落指向的方向。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.1</comment>
        <translation>|G| 北端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.1</comment>
        <translation>用于特征的边沿转过小于 45 度的角度；例如：沼泽，西南端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.2</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东北端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.2</comment>
        <translation>用于特征的边沿转过小于 45 度的角度；例如：沼泽，西南端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.3</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.3</comment>
        <translation>用于特征的边沿转过小于 45 度的角度；例如：沼泽，西南端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.4</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东南端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.4</comment>
        <translation>用于特征的边沿转过小于 45 度的角度；例如：沼泽，西南端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.5</comment>
        <translation>|G| 南端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.5</comment>
        <translation>用于特征的边沿转过小于 45 度的角度；例如：沼泽，西南端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.6</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西南端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.6</comment>
        <translation>用于特征的边沿转过小于 45 度的角度；例如：沼泽，西南端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.7</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.7</comment>
        <translation>用于特征的边沿转过小于 45 度的角度；例如：沼泽，西南端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.8</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西北端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.8</comment>
        <translation>用于特征的边沿转过小于 45 度的角度；例如：沼泽，西南端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Bend</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.7</comment>
        <translation>|G| 弯曲</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where a linear feature makes a smooth change of direction; e.g. Path bend; River bend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.7</comment>
        <translation>用于线性特征平滑地改变方向；例如：路径弯曲；河流弯曲。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.1</comment>
        <translation>|G| 北侧末端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.1</comment>
        <translation>线性特征开始或结束的点；例如：骑马路，西北末端；石墙，南侧末端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.2</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东北末端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.2</comment>
        <translation>线性特征开始或结束的点；例如：骑马路，西北末端；石墙，南侧末端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.3</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东侧末端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.3</comment>
        <translation>线性特征开始或结束的点；例如：骑马路，西北末端；石墙，南侧末端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.4</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东南末端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.4</comment>
        <translation>线性特征开始或结束的点；例如：骑马路，西北末端；石墙，南侧末端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.5</comment>
        <translation>|G| 南侧末端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.5</comment>
        <translation>线性特征开始或结束的点；例如：骑马路，西北末端；石墙，南侧末端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.6</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西南末端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.6</comment>
        <translation>线性特征开始或结束的点；例如：骑马路，西北末端；石墙，南侧末端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.7</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西侧末端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.7</comment>
        <translation>线性特征开始或结束的点；例如：骑马路，西北末端；石墙，南侧末端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.8</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西北末端</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.8</comment>
        <translation>线性特征开始或结束的点；例如：骑马路，西北末端；石墙，南侧末端。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Upper Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.9</comment>
        <translation>|G| 上部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature extends over two or more contours and the control is located near the top; e.g. Erosion Gully, upper part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.9</comment>
        <translation>在两条或更多等高线上延申的特征，并且检查点位于顶部附近；例如：侵蚀的土沟，上部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Lower Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.10</comment>
        <translation>|G| 下部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature extends over two or more contours and the control is located near the bottom; e.g. Re-entrant, lower part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.10</comment>
        <translation>在两条或更多等高线上延申的特征，并且检查点位于底部附近；例如：重新进入，下部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Top</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.11</comment>
        <translation>|G| 顶部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located at the highest point of the feature and this is not the usual location; e.g. Cliff, top.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.11</comment>
        <translation>检查点位于特征的最高点，并且这并不是通常的位置；例如：悬崖，顶部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Beneath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.12</comment>
        <translation>|G| 下面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located underneath the feature; e.g. Pipeline, beneath.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.12</comment>
        <translation>检查点位于特征的下面；例如：管道，下面。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Foot (no direction)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.13</comment>
        <translation>|G| 底部（无方向）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located at the lower junction of the slope of the feature and the surface of the surrounding area; e.g. Earth bank, foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.13</comment>
        <translation>检查点位于特征的斜坡与周围区域表面的下部交叉点；例如：土堤，底部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.1</comment>
        <translation>|G| 北侧底部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.1</comment>
        <translation>如上所述，但特征足够大，使检查点放置在其周围一个以上的位置；例如：小山，东北侧底部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.2</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东北侧底部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.2</comment>
        <translation>如上所述，但特征足够大，使检查点放置在其周围一个以上的位置；例如：小山，东北侧底部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.3</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东侧底部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.3</comment>
        <translation>如上所述，但特征足够大，使检查点放置在其周围一个以上的位置；例如：小山，东北侧底部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.4</comment>
        <translation>|G| 东南侧底部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.4</comment>
        <translation>如上所述，但特征足够大，使检查点放置在其周围一个以上的位置；例如：小山，东北侧底部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.5</comment>
        <translation>|G| 南侧底部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.5</comment>
        <translation>如上所述，但特征足够大，使检查点放置在其周围一个以上的位置；例如：小山，东北侧底部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.6</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西南侧底部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.6</comment>
        <translation>如上所述，但特征足够大，使检查点放置在其周围一个以上的位置；例如：小山，东北侧底部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.7</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西侧底部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.7</comment>
        <translation>如上所述，但特征足够大，使检查点放置在其周围一个以上的位置；例如：小山，东北侧底部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.8</comment>
        <translation>|G| 西北侧底部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.8</comment>
        <translation>如上所述，但特征足够大，使检查点放置在其周围一个以上的位置；例如：小山，东北侧底部。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Between</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.15</comment>
        <translation>|G| 之间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located between two features; e.g. Between thickets; Between boulder and knoll. The two features which the control is between must be shown separately in columns |D| and |E|.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.15</comment>
        <translation>检查点位于两个特征之间；例如：灌木丛之间；巨石与小土丘之间。检查点在其间的两个特征点必须分别显示在 |D| 列和 |E| 列。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.1</comment>
        <translation>|G| 紧急求助标志</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control site where First aid is available.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.1</comment>
        <translation>可以获得紧急帮助的检查站。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.2</comment>
        <translation>|G| 补给点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control site where Refreshments are available.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.2</comment>
        <translation>可以获得补给的检查站。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Radio or TV control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.3</comment>
        <translation>|G| 电台或电视检查点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location of a Radio or TV control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.3</comment>
        <translation>|G| 电台或电视检查点的位置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Control check</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.4</comment>
        <translation>|G| 人工检查点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Manned control site where the control card is checked.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.4</comment>
        <translation>人工检查站，检查卡在此进行检查。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route, away from control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.1</comment>
        <translation>隔离带围绕的路径，远离检查点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is to be followed away from a particular control. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.1</comment>
        <translation>标记的路径，沿路奔跑而远离特定的检查点。再次强调地图上所显示的内容。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route, between controls</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.2</comment>
        <translation>隔离带围绕的路径，在检查点之间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is to be followed between controls. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.2</comment>
        <translation>标记的路径，检查点之间沿路奔跑。再次强调地图上所显示的内容。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.3</comment>
        <translation>强制穿过点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory crossing points (or points) between two controls. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.3</comment>
        <translation>两个检查点之间的强制穿过点（或点）。再次强调地图上所显示的内容。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory passage through out of bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.4</comment>
        <translation>通过出界区域的强制通道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory route between two controls. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.4</comment>
        <translation>两个检查点之间的强制路径。再次强调地图上所显示的内容。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route from Control to Map Exchange</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.5</comment>
        <translation>隔离带围绕的路径，从检查点到地图交换点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At a map exchange, or if a marked route is to be followed from a control to a map exchange, this instruction follows the last control description of the first part of the course.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.5</comment>
        <translation>在地图交换点，或者如果沿着标记的路径从检查点到地图交换点，这个说明符合第一部分路线的最后一个检查点的描述。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route from last control to Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 14.1</comment>
        <translation>隔离带围绕的路径，从最后一个检查点到终点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory route from the last control to the Finish. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map. Gives the distance from the last control to Finish.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 14.1</comment>
        <translation>从最后一个检查点到终点的强制路径。再次强调地图上所显示的内容。给出从最后一个检查点到终点的距离。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route from finish funnel to Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 14.2</comment>
        <translation>隔离带围绕的路径，从终点通道到终点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The competitor has to navigate from the last control to finish funnel, and then follow tapes. Gives the distance from the last control to Finish.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 14.2</comment>
        <translation>选手必须从最后一个检查点导向终点通道，然后沿着隔离带奔跑。给出从最后一个检查点到终点的距离。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Navigation from last control to Finish (no Taped Route)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 14.3</comment>
        <translation>从最后一个检查点导向终点（没有隔离带）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The competitor has to navigate from the last control to finish. No tapes. Gives the distance from the last control to Finish.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 14.3</comment>
        <translation>选手必须从最后一个检查点导航至终点。没有终点线。给出从最后一个检查点到终点的距离。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Length of special route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.0</comment>
        <translation>特定路径的长度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This is used with the special instruction (13.x) to give the distance from the last control to the end of the route (control, map exchange, or finish).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.0</comment>
        <translation>这与特殊指令（13.x）一起使用，以给出从最后一个检查点到路线终点（检查点、换图或终点）的距离。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
</TS>
